CA2658431A1 - Attenuation of reperfusion injury - Google Patents
Attenuation of reperfusion injury Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- CA2658431A1 CA2658431A1 CA002658431A CA2658431A CA2658431A1 CA 2658431 A1 CA2658431 A1 CA 2658431A1 CA 002658431 A CA002658431 A CA 002658431A CA 2658431 A CA2658431 A CA 2658431A CA 2658431 A1 CA2658431 A1 CA 2658431A1
- Authority
- CA
- Canada
- Prior art keywords
- annexin
- iri
- binding agent
- protein
- nucleic acid
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Abandoned
Links
- 206010063837 Reperfusion injury Diseases 0.000 title claims abstract description 34
- 108050008874 Annexin Proteins 0.000 claims abstract description 281
- 102000000412 Annexin Human genes 0.000 claims abstract description 260
- TZCPCKNHXULUIY-RGULYWFUSA-N 1,2-distearoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphoserine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@H](COP(O)(=O)OC[C@H](N)C(O)=O)OC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC TZCPCKNHXULUIY-RGULYWFUSA-N 0.000 claims abstract description 190
- ZWZWYGMENQVNFU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerophosphorylserin Natural products OC(=O)C(N)COP(O)(=O)OCC(O)CO ZWZWYGMENQVNFU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims abstract description 190
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 claims abstract description 156
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 122
- 210000000056 organ Anatomy 0.000 claims abstract description 89
- 239000011230 binding agent Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 86
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 68
- 230000001225 therapeutic effect Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 34
- 208000006011 Stroke Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 28
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 24
- 208000012947 ischemia reperfusion injury Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 24
- 208000010125 myocardial infarction Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 23
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 claims description 150
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 claims description 127
- 108090000672 Annexin A5 Proteins 0.000 claims description 106
- 102000004121 Annexin A5 Human genes 0.000 claims description 101
- 230000010410 reperfusion Effects 0.000 claims description 52
- 238000002054 transplantation Methods 0.000 claims description 45
- 238000001356 surgical procedure Methods 0.000 claims description 34
- 239000000710 homodimer Substances 0.000 claims description 32
- 108090000669 Annexin A4 Proteins 0.000 claims description 29
- 102000004148 Annexin A4 Human genes 0.000 claims description 25
- 108090000765 processed proteins & peptides Proteins 0.000 claims description 20
- 230000004927 fusion Effects 0.000 claims description 19
- 230000017531 blood circulation Effects 0.000 claims description 15
- 230000000302 ischemic effect Effects 0.000 claims description 15
- 210000001616 monocyte Anatomy 0.000 claims description 14
- 239000000539 dimer Substances 0.000 claims description 13
- 230000003993 interaction Effects 0.000 claims description 11
- 239000003446 ligand Substances 0.000 claims description 10
- 108090000663 Annexin A1 Proteins 0.000 claims description 7
- 102000004145 Annexin A1 Human genes 0.000 claims description 7
- 108090000668 Annexin A2 Proteins 0.000 claims description 7
- 108090000670 Annexin A3 Proteins 0.000 claims description 6
- 102000004190 Enzymes Human genes 0.000 claims description 6
- 108090000790 Enzymes Proteins 0.000 claims description 6
- 102000004120 Annexin A3 Human genes 0.000 claims description 5
- 108060003951 Immunoglobulin Proteins 0.000 claims description 5
- 239000000833 heterodimer Substances 0.000 claims description 5
- 102000018358 immunoglobulin Human genes 0.000 claims description 5
- 102000004149 Annexin A2 Human genes 0.000 claims description 4
- 239000000178 monomer Substances 0.000 claims description 4
- 102000005473 Secretory Phospholipases A2 Human genes 0.000 claims description 2
- 108010031873 Secretory Phospholipases A2 Proteins 0.000 claims description 2
- 210000004153 islets of langerhan Anatomy 0.000 claims description 2
- 238000003032 molecular docking Methods 0.000 claims description 2
- 108010014806 prothrombinase complex Proteins 0.000 claims description 2
- 150000007523 nucleic acids Chemical group 0.000 description 185
- 108020004707 nucleic acids Proteins 0.000 description 140
- 102000039446 nucleic acids Human genes 0.000 description 140
- 235000018102 proteins Nutrition 0.000 description 125
- 150000001413 amino acids Chemical group 0.000 description 64
- 235000001014 amino acid Nutrition 0.000 description 50
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 50
- 210000001519 tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 47
- 210000004185 liver Anatomy 0.000 description 40
- 108091028043 Nucleic acid sequence Proteins 0.000 description 38
- 229920001223 polyethylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 35
- 239000002202 Polyethylene glycol Substances 0.000 description 33
- 230000027455 binding Effects 0.000 description 33
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 31
- 230000004087 circulation Effects 0.000 description 24
- 239000002773 nucleotide Substances 0.000 description 23
- 125000003729 nucleotide group Chemical group 0.000 description 23
- 241000700159 Rattus Species 0.000 description 21
- 210000001772 blood platelet Anatomy 0.000 description 21
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 20
- 208000028867 ischemia Diseases 0.000 description 20
- 208000007536 Thrombosis Diseases 0.000 description 19
- 210000002889 endothelial cell Anatomy 0.000 description 17
- 230000001965 increasing effect Effects 0.000 description 17
- 239000013598 vector Substances 0.000 description 17
- 230000014509 gene expression Effects 0.000 description 16
- 210000000265 leukocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 16
- 102000004196 processed proteins & peptides Human genes 0.000 description 16
- 108010082126 Alanine transaminase Proteins 0.000 description 15
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 description 15
- 238000002474 experimental method Methods 0.000 description 15
- 238000002825 functional assay Methods 0.000 description 15
- 210000002216 heart Anatomy 0.000 description 15
- 238000009396 hybridization Methods 0.000 description 15
- 102100036475 Alanine aminotransferase 1 Human genes 0.000 description 14
- 230000006907 apoptotic process Effects 0.000 description 14
- 210000003743 erythrocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 14
- 230000022532 regulation of transcription, DNA-dependent Effects 0.000 description 14
- 108020004414 DNA Proteins 0.000 description 13
- 208000032843 Hemorrhage Diseases 0.000 description 13
- 241000699670 Mus sp. Species 0.000 description 13
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 13
- 108020001507 fusion proteins Proteins 0.000 description 13
- 102000037865 fusion proteins Human genes 0.000 description 13
- 102100037611 Lysophospholipase Human genes 0.000 description 12
- 108010058864 Phospholipases A2 Proteins 0.000 description 12
- 230000036770 blood supply Effects 0.000 description 12
- 230000000295 complement effect Effects 0.000 description 12
- 229920001184 polypeptide Polymers 0.000 description 12
- 238000011282 treatment Methods 0.000 description 12
- 108091034117 Oligonucleotide Proteins 0.000 description 11
- 239000008280 blood Substances 0.000 description 11
- 210000004556 brain Anatomy 0.000 description 11
- 230000006378 damage Effects 0.000 description 11
- 230000003247 decreasing effect Effects 0.000 description 11
- 239000012071 phase Substances 0.000 description 11
- 238000003860 storage Methods 0.000 description 11
- 210000004369 blood Anatomy 0.000 description 10
- 230000007423 decrease Effects 0.000 description 10
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 10
- 239000013604 expression vector Substances 0.000 description 10
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 10
- 108020004511 Recombinant DNA Proteins 0.000 description 9
- 108010000499 Thromboplastin Proteins 0.000 description 9
- 102000002262 Thromboplastin Human genes 0.000 description 9
- 238000012258 culturing Methods 0.000 description 9
- 208000014674 injury Diseases 0.000 description 9
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 9
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 9
- 150000003904 phospholipids Chemical class 0.000 description 9
- 238000004321 preservation Methods 0.000 description 9
- 239000003761 preservation solution Substances 0.000 description 9
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 9
- 230000001105 regulatory effect Effects 0.000 description 9
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 9
- 231100000240 steatosis hepatitis Toxicity 0.000 description 9
- 230000004083 survival effect Effects 0.000 description 9
- 230000002792 vascular Effects 0.000 description 9
- 208000004930 Fatty Liver Diseases 0.000 description 8
- 206010019708 Hepatic steatosis Diseases 0.000 description 8
- 208000027418 Wounds and injury Diseases 0.000 description 8
- 230000001419 dependent effect Effects 0.000 description 8
- 208000010706 fatty liver disease Diseases 0.000 description 8
- 230000023597 hemostasis Effects 0.000 description 8
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 description 8
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 description 8
- 230000002035 prolonged effect Effects 0.000 description 8
- 230000014616 translation Effects 0.000 description 8
- 238000013519 translation Methods 0.000 description 8
- 108091032973 (ribonucleotides)n+m Proteins 0.000 description 7
- 102000000018 Chemokine CCL2 Human genes 0.000 description 7
- 206010018910 Haemolysis Diseases 0.000 description 7
- JLCPHMBAVCMARE-UHFFFAOYSA-N [3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-hydroxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methyl [5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)-2-(hydroxymethyl)oxolan-3-yl] hydrogen phosphate Polymers Cc1cn(C2CC(OP(O)(=O)OCC3OC(CC3OP(O)(=O)OCC3OC(CC3O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)C(COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3CO)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)O2)c(=O)[nH]c1=O JLCPHMBAVCMARE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 238000003556 assay Methods 0.000 description 7
- 210000000170 cell membrane Anatomy 0.000 description 7
- 238000000684 flow cytometry Methods 0.000 description 7
- 230000008588 hemolysis Effects 0.000 description 7
- 238000001990 intravenous administration Methods 0.000 description 7
- 210000003734 kidney Anatomy 0.000 description 7
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 7
- 239000002609 medium Substances 0.000 description 7
- 239000012528 membrane Substances 0.000 description 7
- 210000004379 membrane Anatomy 0.000 description 7
- 102000035118 modified proteins Human genes 0.000 description 7
- 108091005573 modified proteins Proteins 0.000 description 7
- 230000010412 perfusion Effects 0.000 description 7
- 238000000746 purification Methods 0.000 description 7
- 238000011084 recovery Methods 0.000 description 7
- 210000002966 serum Anatomy 0.000 description 7
- WVDDGKGOMKODPV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Benzyl alcohol Chemical compound OCC1=CC=CC=C1 WVDDGKGOMKODPV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 101710155857 C-C motif chemokine 2 Proteins 0.000 description 6
- 241000588724 Escherichia coli Species 0.000 description 6
- PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerine Chemical compound OCC(O)CO PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- DHMQDGOQFOQNFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycine Chemical compound NCC(O)=O DHMQDGOQFOQNFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 206010021143 Hypoxia Diseases 0.000 description 6
- 230000001580 bacterial effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 210000004204 blood vessel Anatomy 0.000 description 6
- 208000029028 brain injury Diseases 0.000 description 6
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 6
- 238000013270 controlled release Methods 0.000 description 6
- 230000000875 corresponding effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 230000008878 coupling Effects 0.000 description 6
- 238000010168 coupling process Methods 0.000 description 6
- 238000005859 coupling reaction Methods 0.000 description 6
- -1 i.e. Proteins 0.000 description 6
- 230000000977 initiatory effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 239000008194 pharmaceutical composition Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000013612 plasmid Substances 0.000 description 6
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 6
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 6
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 6
- 102000005962 receptors Human genes 0.000 description 6
- 108020003175 receptors Proteins 0.000 description 6
- 230000007115 recruitment Effects 0.000 description 6
- RYCNUMLMNKHWPZ-SNVBAGLBSA-N 1-acetyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine Chemical compound CC(=O)OC[C@@H](O)COP([O-])(=O)OCC[N+](C)(C)C RYCNUMLMNKHWPZ-SNVBAGLBSA-N 0.000 description 5
- WRGQSWVCFNIUNZ-GDCKJWNLSA-N 1-oleoyl-sn-glycerol 3-phosphate Chemical compound CCCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@@H](O)COP(O)(O)=O WRGQSWVCFNIUNZ-GDCKJWNLSA-N 0.000 description 5
- JKMHFZQWWAIEOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[4-(2-hydroxyethyl)piperazin-1-yl]ethanesulfonic acid Chemical compound OCC[NH+]1CCN(CCS([O-])(=O)=O)CC1 JKMHFZQWWAIEOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 108090000656 Annexin A6 Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 206010014498 Embolic stroke Diseases 0.000 description 5
- 239000007995 HEPES buffer Substances 0.000 description 5
- 241000282412 Homo Species 0.000 description 5
- 206010058558 Hypoperfusion Diseases 0.000 description 5
- 206010061216 Infarction Diseases 0.000 description 5
- 241000699666 Mus <mouse, genus> Species 0.000 description 5
- 206010028980 Neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 5
- 206010030113 Oedema Diseases 0.000 description 5
- AWUCVROLDVIAJX-UHFFFAOYSA-N alpha-glycerophosphate Natural products OCC(O)COP(O)(O)=O AWUCVROLDVIAJX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 231100000874 brain damage Toxicity 0.000 description 5
- 230000034994 death Effects 0.000 description 5
- 229940088598 enzyme Drugs 0.000 description 5
- 238000009472 formulation Methods 0.000 description 5
- 238000011534 incubation Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000007574 infarction Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000005764 inhibitory process Effects 0.000 description 5
- 210000004072 lung Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 230000035772 mutation Effects 0.000 description 5
- 210000001539 phagocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 239000000546 pharmaceutical excipient Substances 0.000 description 5
- 208000037803 restenosis Diseases 0.000 description 5
- 239000000523 sample Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000003248 secreting effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 5
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Chemical compound O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 102100034278 Annexin A6 Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 206010002660 Anoxia Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 241000976983 Anoxia Species 0.000 description 4
- 108020004705 Codon Proteins 0.000 description 4
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N Glucose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 101000780122 Homo sapiens Annexin A5 Proteins 0.000 description 4
- HDFGOPSGAURCEO-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-ethylmaleimide Chemical compound CCN1C(=O)C=CC1=O HDFGOPSGAURCEO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 108700026244 Open Reading Frames Proteins 0.000 description 4
- WCUXLLCKKVVCTQ-UHFFFAOYSA-M Potassium chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].[K+] WCUXLLCKKVVCTQ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 4
- 108700011066 PreScission Protease Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 108010008281 Recombinant Fusion Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 102000007056 Recombinant Fusion Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 230000007953 anoxia Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000001640 apoptogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- YZXBAPSDXZZRGB-DOFZRALJSA-N arachidonic acid Chemical group CCCCC\C=C/C\C=C/C\C=C/C\C=C/CCCC(O)=O YZXBAPSDXZZRGB-DOFZRALJSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 210000001367 artery Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000000740 bleeding effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000006931 brain damage Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000000872 buffer Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000003776 cleavage reaction Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000006185 dispersion Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000003623 enhancer Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000000855 fermentation Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000004151 fermentation Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000012530 fluid Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000003112 inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000002401 inhibitory effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000002955 isolation Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000002372 labelling Methods 0.000 description 4
- 150000002632 lipids Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 239000002502 liposome Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000011859 microparticle Substances 0.000 description 4
- 231100000350 mutagenesis Toxicity 0.000 description 4
- 238000003752 polymerase chain reaction Methods 0.000 description 4
- LWIHDJKSTIGBAC-UHFFFAOYSA-K potassium phosphate Substances [K+].[K+].[K+].[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O LWIHDJKSTIGBAC-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 4
- 230000003389 potentiating effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000003755 preservative agent Substances 0.000 description 4
- 102000005912 ran GTP Binding Protein Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 238000010188 recombinant method Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000002441 reversible effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000007017 scission Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000009885 systemic effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000002560 therapeutic procedure Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000013518 transcription Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000035897 transcription Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000005945 translocation Effects 0.000 description 4
- LMDZBCPBFSXMTL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-Ethyl-3-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)carbodiimide Substances CCN=C=NCCCN(C)C LMDZBCPBFSXMTL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- HIYAVKIYRIFSCZ-CYEMHPAKSA-N 5-(methylamino)-2-[[(2S,3R,5R,6S,8R,9R)-3,5,9-trimethyl-2-[(2S)-1-oxo-1-(1H-pyrrol-2-yl)propan-2-yl]-1,7-dioxaspiro[5.5]undecan-8-yl]methyl]-1,3-benzoxazole-4-carboxylic acid Chemical compound O=C([C@@H](C)[C@H]1O[C@@]2([C@@H](C[C@H]1C)C)O[C@@H]([C@@H](CC2)C)CC=1OC2=CC=C(C(=C2N=1)C(O)=O)NC)C1=CC=CN1 HIYAVKIYRIFSCZ-CYEMHPAKSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 102100034613 Annexin A2 Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 102100034612 Annexin A4 Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108091026890 Coding region Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000004127 Cytokines Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108090000695 Cytokines Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 208000005189 Embolism Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 102000003951 Erythropoietin Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108090000394 Erythropoietin Proteins 0.000 description 3
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 108010037362 Extracellular Matrix Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000010834 Extracellular Matrix Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 239000004471 Glycine Substances 0.000 description 3
- HTTJABKRGRZYRN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Heparin Chemical compound OC1C(NC(=O)C)C(O)OC(COS(O)(=O)=O)C1OC1C(OS(O)(=O)=O)C(O)C(OC2C(C(OS(O)(=O)=O)C(OC3C(C(O)C(O)C(O3)C(O)=O)OS(O)(=O)=O)C(CO)O2)NS(O)(=O)=O)C(C(O)=O)O1 HTTJABKRGRZYRN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 241000238631 Hexapoda Species 0.000 description 3
- 102000014150 Interferons Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108010050904 Interferons Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 208000032382 Ischaemic stroke Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 241000282567 Macaca fascicularis Species 0.000 description 3
- GHAZCVNUKKZTLG-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-ethyl-succinimide Natural products CCN1C(=O)CCC1=O GHAZCVNUKKZTLG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- KWYUFKZDYYNOTN-UHFFFAOYSA-M Potassium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[K+] KWYUFKZDYYNOTN-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propylene glycol Chemical compound CC(O)CO DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 101000785134 Saccharomyces cerevisiae (strain ATCC 204508 / S288c) Probable phospholipid-transporting ATPase DNF3 Proteins 0.000 description 3
- HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[Na+] HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- 108010090804 Streptavidin Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 206010043647 Thrombotic Stroke Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 102000003978 Tissue Plasminogen Activator Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108090000373 Tissue Plasminogen Activator Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 241000700605 Viruses Species 0.000 description 3
- 238000010521 absorption reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000009471 action Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000004913 activation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000001154 acute effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 206010000891 acute myocardial infarction Diseases 0.000 description 3
- QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N atomic oxygen Chemical compound [O] QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 3
- 201000011510 cancer Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 210000004413 cardiac myocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 210000001627 cerebral artery Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 230000002490 cerebral effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 210000002808 connective tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 229940105423 erythropoietin Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 210000002744 extracellular matrix Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 239000012634 fragment Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229920000669 heparin Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 229960002897 heparin Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 230000002440 hepatic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000010562 histological examination Methods 0.000 description 3
- 108010088071 human diannexin Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000008644 human diannexin Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 230000005847 immunogenicity Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000001976 improved effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 102000006495 integrins Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108010044426 integrins Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 229940079322 interferon Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 230000003834 intracellular effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000002427 irreversible effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000004089 microcirculation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000002703 mutagenesis Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000000324 neuroprotective effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 231100000252 nontoxic Toxicity 0.000 description 3
- 230000003000 nontoxic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000001301 oxygen Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 230000036961 partial effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000008506 pathogenesis Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000037361 pathway Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000006320 pegylation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 210000002826 placenta Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 108091033319 polynucleotide Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000040430 polynucleotide Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 239000002157 polynucleotide Substances 0.000 description 3
- OXCMYAYHXIHQOA-UHFFFAOYSA-N potassium;[2-butyl-5-chloro-3-[[4-[2-(1,2,4-triaza-3-azanidacyclopenta-1,4-dien-5-yl)phenyl]phenyl]methyl]imidazol-4-yl]methanol Chemical compound [K+].CCCCC1=NC(Cl)=C(CO)N1CC1=CC=C(C=2C(=CC=CC=2)C2=N[N-]N=N2)C=C1 OXCMYAYHXIHQOA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000000843 powder Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000002924 primary amino group Chemical group [H]N([H])* 0.000 description 3
- 238000001742 protein purification Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000000717 retained effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229960000187 tissue plasminogen activator Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 230000001131 transforming effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000001052 transient effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000003981 vehicle Substances 0.000 description 3
- YBJHBAHKTGYVGT-ZKWXMUAHSA-N (+)-Biotin Chemical compound N1C(=O)N[C@@H]2[C@H](CCCCC(=O)O)SC[C@@H]21 YBJHBAHKTGYVGT-ZKWXMUAHSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 206010002091 Anaesthesia Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 102100028118 Annexin A11 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108050002340 Annexin A13 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102100039951 Annexin A13 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 102100034283 Annexin A5 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 102100034273 Annexin A7 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010039940 Annexin A7 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102100036824 Annexin A8 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 208000037260 Atherosclerotic Plaque Diseases 0.000 description 2
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Atomic nitrogen Chemical compound N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000011740 C57BL/6 mouse Methods 0.000 description 2
- 241000282465 Canis Species 0.000 description 2
- 206010008089 Cerebral artery occlusion Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 206010008132 Cerebral thrombosis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 206010053567 Coagulopathies Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 108010035532 Collagen Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000008186 Collagen Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 238000002965 ELISA Methods 0.000 description 2
- 102100038132 Endogenous retrovirus group K member 6 Pro protein Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 241000701832 Enterobacteria phage T3 Species 0.000 description 2
- IAYPIBMASNFSPL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylene oxide Chemical group C1CO1 IAYPIBMASNFSPL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 206010015866 Extravasation Diseases 0.000 description 2
- XZWYTXMRWQJBGX-VXBMVYAYSA-N FLAG peptide Chemical compound NCCCC[C@@H](C(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCCCN)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC(O)=O)CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 XZWYTXMRWQJBGX-VXBMVYAYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102000009123 Fibrin Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010073385 Fibrin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- BWGVNKXGVNDBDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fibrin monomer Chemical compound CNC(=O)CNC(=O)CN BWGVNKXGVNDBDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WSFSSNUMVMOOMR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Formaldehyde Chemical compound O=C WSFSSNUMVMOOMR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZHNUHDYFZUAESO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Formamide Chemical compound NC=O ZHNUHDYFZUAESO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- BCCRXDTUTZHDEU-VKHMYHEASA-N Gly-Ser Chemical group NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(O)=O BCCRXDTUTZHDEU-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 2
- 101000928300 Homo sapiens Annexin A8 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108010021625 Immunoglobulin Fragments Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000008394 Immunoglobulin Fragments Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 102000015696 Interleukins Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010063738 Interleukins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 201000001429 Intracranial Thrombosis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- CSNNHWWHGAXBCP-UHFFFAOYSA-L Magnesium sulfate Chemical compound [Mg+2].[O-][S+2]([O-])([O-])[O-] CSNNHWWHGAXBCP-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 241001529936 Murinae Species 0.000 description 2
- 206010028851 Necrosis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- PXHVJJICTQNCMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nickel Chemical compound [Ni] PXHVJJICTQNCMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- MWUXSHHQAYIFBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nitric oxide Chemical compound O=[N] MWUXSHHQAYIFBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000283973 Oryctolagus cuniculus Species 0.000 description 2
- 229910019142 PO4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 108091005804 Peptidases Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 206010057249 Phagocytosis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phenol Chemical compound OC1=CC=CC=C1 ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000004365 Protease Substances 0.000 description 2
- 240000004808 Saccharomyces cerevisiae Species 0.000 description 2
- 108091027544 Subgenomic mRNA Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102100032891 Superoxide dismutase [Mn], mitochondrial Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108700042768 University of Wisconsin-lactobionate solution Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 230000002378 acidificating effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000004480 active ingredient Substances 0.000 description 2
- OIRDTQYFTABQOQ-KQYNXXCUSA-N adenosine Chemical compound C1=NC=2C(N)=NC=NC=2N1[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O OIRDTQYFTABQOQ-KQYNXXCUSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000000443 aerosol Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000001042 affinity chromatography Methods 0.000 description 2
- VREFGVBLTWBCJP-UHFFFAOYSA-N alprazolam Chemical compound C12=CC(Cl)=CC=C2N2C(C)=NN=C2CN=C1C1=CC=CC=C1 VREFGVBLTWBCJP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000003321 amplification Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000037005 anaesthesia Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000010171 animal model Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000003466 anti-cipated effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000002429 anti-coagulating effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000002785 anti-thrombosis Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000003429 antifungal agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940121375 antifungal agent Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000000427 antigen Substances 0.000 description 2
- 102000036639 antigens Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108091007433 antigens Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 238000003782 apoptosis assay Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229940114079 arachidonic acid Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 235000021342 arachidonic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 230000002238 attenuated effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000037429 base substitution Effects 0.000 description 2
- 235000019445 benzyl alcohol Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 210000005013 brain tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical group [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 description 2
- 230000000747 cardiac effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000006285 cell suspension Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000007795 chemical reaction product Substances 0.000 description 2
- OSASVXMJTNOKOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N chlorobutanol Chemical compound CC(C)(O)C(Cl)(Cl)Cl OSASVXMJTNOKOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 210000000349 chromosome Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 238000010367 cloning Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000035602 clotting Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229920001436 collagen Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 230000021615 conjugation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000000470 constituent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000001276 controlling effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000004351 coronary vessel Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000002596 correlated effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000009089 cytolysis Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000002950 deficient Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000006735 deficit Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000003111 delayed effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000008021 deposition Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000008034 disappearance Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229940079593 drug Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000003937 drug carrier Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000003792 electrolyte Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000036251 extravasation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 235000019197 fats Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229950003499 fibrin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000003527 fibrinolytic agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000002538 fungal effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000008103 glucose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000036541 health Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000005003 heart tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 238000005534 hematocrit Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000002949 hemolytic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000002767 hepatic artery Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 210000003494 hepatocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 229920000140 heteropolymer Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920001519 homopolymer Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 230000007954 hypoxia Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000028993 immune response Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000001727 in vivo Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000011065 in-situ storage Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000001939 inductive effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000001802 infusion Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000003978 infusion fluid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000004615 ingredient Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229930027917 kanamycin Natural products 0.000 description 2
- SBUJHOSQTJFQJX-NOAMYHISSA-N kanamycin Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CN)O[C@@H]1O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O[C@@H]2[C@@H]([C@@H](N)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O2)O)[C@H](N)C[C@@H]1N SBUJHOSQTJFQJX-NOAMYHISSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960000318 kanamycin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229930182823 kanamycin A Natural products 0.000 description 2
- 231100000832 liver cell necrosis Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- RLSSMJSEOOYNOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N m-methyl-PhOH Natural products CC1=CC=CC(O)=C1 RLSSMJSEOOYNOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 210000004962 mammalian cell Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000003550 marker Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000004949 mass spectrometry Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229910000402 monopotassium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 235000019796 monopotassium phosphate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 230000002107 myocardial effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000017074 necrotic cell death Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000004090 neuroprotective agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000003199 nucleic acid amplification method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 235000015097 nutrients Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- QWVGKYWNOKOFNN-UHFFFAOYSA-N o-cresol Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=C1O QWVGKYWNOKOFNN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000008520 organization Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000003204 osmotic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000005259 peripheral blood Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000011886 peripheral blood Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000008782 phagocytosis Effects 0.000 description 2
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K phosphate Chemical compound [O-]P([O-])([O-])=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 2
- 239000010452 phosphate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 102000036213 phospholipid binding proteins Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108091011000 phospholipid binding proteins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 239000001103 potassium chloride Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000011164 potassium chloride Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- GNSKLFRGEWLPPA-UHFFFAOYSA-M potassium dihydrogen phosphate Chemical compound [K+].OP(O)([O-])=O GNSKLFRGEWLPPA-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 230000002265 prevention Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000005522 programmed cell death Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000001681 protective effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000006798 recombination Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000005215 recombination Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000003362 replicative effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000011160 research Methods 0.000 description 2
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 238000012216 screening Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000000926 separation method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000012163 sequencing technique Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000003607 serino group Chemical group [H]N([H])[C@]([H])(C(=O)[*])C(O[H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 230000035939 shock Effects 0.000 description 2
- RPENMORRBUTCPR-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium;1-hydroxy-2,5-dioxopyrrolidine-3-sulfonate Chemical compound [Na+].ON1C(=O)CC(S([O-])(=O)=O)C1=O RPENMORRBUTCPR-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000006467 substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000011410 subtraction method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 108010045815 superoxide dismutase 2 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 239000004094 surface-active agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229940124597 therapeutic agent Drugs 0.000 description 2
- RTKIYNMVFMVABJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L thimerosal Chemical compound [Na+].CC[Hg]SC1=CC=CC=C1C([O-])=O RTKIYNMVFMVABJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 229940033663 thimerosal Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 230000002537 thrombolytic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- DSNBHJFQCNUKMA-SCKDECHMSA-N thromboxane A2 Chemical compound OC(=O)CCC\C=C/C[C@@H]1[C@@H](/C=C/[C@@H](O)CCCCC)O[C@@H]2O[C@H]1C2 DSNBHJFQCNUKMA-SCKDECHMSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000001890 transfection Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000009466 transformation Effects 0.000 description 2
- URAYPUMNDPQOKB-UHFFFAOYSA-N triacetin Chemical compound CC(=O)OCC(OC(C)=O)COC(C)=O URAYPUMNDPQOKB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 210000002700 urine Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 210000005166 vasculature Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 235000015112 vegetable and seed oil Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000008158 vegetable oil Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000003462 vein Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000003442 weekly effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- DIGQNXIGRZPYDK-WKSCXVIASA-N (2R)-6-amino-2-[[2-[[(2S)-2-[[2-[[(2R)-2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2R,3S)-2-[[2-[[(2S)-2-[[2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2R)-2-[[(2S,3S)-2-[[(2R)-2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2S)-2-[[2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2R)-2-[[2-[[2-[[2-[(2-amino-1-hydroxyethylidene)amino]-3-carboxy-1-hydroxypropylidene]amino]-1-hydroxy-3-sulfanylpropylidene]amino]-1-hydroxyethylidene]amino]-1-hydroxy-3-sulfanylpropylidene]amino]-1,3-dihydroxypropylidene]amino]-1-hydroxyethylidene]amino]-1-hydroxypropylidene]amino]-1,3-dihydroxypropylidene]amino]-1,3-dihydroxypropylidene]amino]-1-hydroxy-3-sulfanylpropylidene]amino]-1,3-dihydroxybutylidene]amino]-1-hydroxy-3-sulfanylpropylidene]amino]-1-hydroxypropylidene]amino]-1,3-dihydroxypropylidene]amino]-1-hydroxyethylidene]amino]-1,5-dihydroxy-5-iminopentylidene]amino]-1-hydroxy-3-sulfanylpropylidene]amino]-1,3-dihydroxybutylidene]amino]-1-hydroxy-3-sulfanylpropylidene]amino]-1,3-dihydroxypropylidene]amino]-1-hydroxyethylidene]amino]-1-hydroxy-3-sulfanylpropylidene]amino]-1-hydroxyethylidene]amino]hexanoic acid Chemical compound C[C@@H]([C@@H](C(=N[C@@H](CS)C(=N[C@@H](C)C(=N[C@@H](CO)C(=NCC(=N[C@@H](CCC(=N)O)C(=NC(CS)C(=N[C@H]([C@H](C)O)C(=N[C@H](CS)C(=N[C@H](CO)C(=NCC(=N[C@H](CS)C(=NCC(=N[C@H](CCCCN)C(=O)O)O)O)O)O)O)O)O)O)O)O)O)O)O)N=C([C@H](CS)N=C([C@H](CO)N=C([C@H](CO)N=C([C@H](C)N=C(CN=C([C@H](CO)N=C([C@H](CS)N=C(CN=C(C(CS)N=C(C(CC(=O)O)N=C(CN)O)O)O)O)O)O)O)O)O)O)O)O DIGQNXIGRZPYDK-WKSCXVIASA-N 0.000 description 1
- SBKVPJHMSUXZTA-MEJXFZFPSA-N (2S)-2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2S)-1-[(2S)-5-amino-2-[[2-[[(2S)-1-[(2S)-6-amino-2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2S)-5-amino-2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2S)-2-amino-3-(1H-indol-3-yl)propanoyl]amino]-3-(1H-imidazol-4-yl)propanoyl]amino]-3-(1H-indol-3-yl)propanoyl]amino]-4-methylpentanoyl]amino]-5-oxopentanoyl]amino]-4-methylpentanoyl]amino]hexanoyl]pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]amino]acetyl]amino]-5-oxopentanoyl]pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]amino]-4-methylsulfanylbutanoyl]amino]-3-(4-hydroxyphenyl)propanoic acid Chemical compound C([C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C2=CC=CC=C2NC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N1CCC[C@H]1C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N1CCC[C@H]1C(=O)N[C@@H](CCSC)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)C(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC=1C2=CC=CC=C2NC=1)C1=CNC=N1 SBKVPJHMSUXZTA-MEJXFZFPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WRIDQFICGBMAFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N (E)-8-Octadecenoic acid Natural products CCCCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCC(O)=O WRIDQFICGBMAFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004066 1-hydroxyethyl group Chemical group [H]OC([H])([*])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- ZIIUUSVHCHPIQD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,4,6-trimethyl-N-[3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]benzenesulfonamide Chemical compound CC1=CC(C)=CC(C)=C1S(=O)(=O)NC1=CC=CC(C(F)(F)F)=C1 ZIIUUSVHCHPIQD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GOJUJUVQIVIZAV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-amino-4,6-dichloropyrimidine-5-carbaldehyde Chemical group NC1=NC(Cl)=C(C=O)C(Cl)=N1 GOJUJUVQIVIZAV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-{[3,4-dihydroxy-2,5-bis(hydroxymethyl)oxolan-2-yl]oxy}-6-(hydroxymethyl)oxane-3,4,5-triol Chemical compound OCC1OC(CO)(OC2OC(CO)C(O)C(O)C2O)C(O)C1O CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LQJBNNIYVWPHFW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 20:1omega9c fatty acid Natural products CCCCCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCC(O)=O LQJBNNIYVWPHFW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FPQQSJJWHUJYPU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-(dimethylamino)propyliminomethylidene-ethylazanium;chloride Chemical compound Cl.CCN=C=NCCCN(C)C FPQQSJJWHUJYPU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UOQHWNPVNXSDDO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-bromoimidazo[1,2-a]pyridine-6-carbonitrile Chemical compound C1=CC(C#N)=CN2C(Br)=CN=C21 UOQHWNPVNXSDDO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WMGABKFSUGMOEV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-amino-1-(hydroxyamino)-1,4-dioxobutane-2-sulfonic acid Chemical compound NC(=O)CC(S(O)(=O)=O)C(=O)NO WMGABKFSUGMOEV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QSBYPNXLFMSGKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 9-Heptadecensaeure Natural products CCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCC(O)=O QSBYPNXLFMSGKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000007469 Actins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010085238 Actins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010025188 Alcohol oxidase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000710929 Alphavirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 108050005845 Annexin A11 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100034618 Annexin A3 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000004154 Annexin A6 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 239000004475 Arginine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 206010003178 Arterial thrombosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000702194 Bacillus virus SPO1 Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000894006 Bacteria Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000010392 Bone Fractures Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000006474 Brain Ischemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010048962 Brain oedema Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000002126 C01EB10 - Adenosine Substances 0.000 description 1
- COXVTLYNGOIATD-HVMBLDELSA-N CC1=C(C=CC(=C1)C1=CC(C)=C(C=C1)\N=N\C1=C(O)C2=C(N)C(=CC(=C2C=C1)S(O)(=O)=O)S(O)(=O)=O)\N=N\C1=CC=C2C(=CC(=C(N)C2=C1O)S(O)(=O)=O)S(O)(=O)=O Chemical compound CC1=C(C=CC(=C1)C1=CC(C)=C(C=C1)\N=N\C1=C(O)C2=C(N)C(=CC(=C2C=C1)S(O)(=O)=O)S(O)(=O)=O)\N=N\C1=CC=C2C(=CC(=C(N)C2=C1O)S(O)(=O)=O)S(O)(=O)=O COXVTLYNGOIATD-HVMBLDELSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000017420 CD3 protein, epsilon/gamma/delta subunit Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108050005493 CD3 protein, epsilon/gamma/delta subunit Proteins 0.000 description 1
- OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Calcium Chemical compound [Ca] OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000003952 Caspase 3 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000397 Caspase 3 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000011727 Caspases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010076667 Caspases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010008120 Cerebral ischaemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-K Citrate Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)CC(O)(CC([O-])=O)C([O-])=O KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 108700010070 Codon Usage Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100025877 Complement component C1q receptor Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 206010010144 Completed suicide Diseases 0.000 description 1
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N D-Mannitol Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000003155 DNA primer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000006820 DNA synthesis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920002307 Dextran Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 101100364969 Dictyostelium discoideum scai gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N EDTA Chemical compound OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000012286 ELISA Assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 241000196324 Embryophyta Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000701959 Escherichia virus Lambda Species 0.000 description 1
- 108700024394 Exon Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010015719 Exsanguination Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108050001049 Extracellular proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010023321 Factor VII Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010054265 Factor VIIa Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108091006027 G proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000030782 GTP binding Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108091000058 GTP-Binding Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010010803 Gelatin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000013382 Gelatinases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010026132 Gelatinases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010048748 Graft loss Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010051696 Growth Hormone Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000010496 Heart Arrest Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000255967 Helicoverpa zea Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000031220 Hemophilia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000009292 Hemophilia A Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000711549 Hepacivirus C Species 0.000 description 1
- 229920002971 Heparan sulfate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000012752 Hepatectomy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 206010019909 Hernia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- SQUHHTBVTRBESD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hexa-Ac-myo-Inositol Natural products CC(=O)OC1C(OC(C)=O)C(OC(C)=O)C(OC(C)=O)C(OC(C)=O)C1OC(C)=O SQUHHTBVTRBESD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101000933665 Homo sapiens Complement component C1q receptor Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000946889 Homo sapiens Monocyte differentiation antigen CD14 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000716102 Homo sapiens T-cell surface glycoprotein CD4 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000008100 Human Serum Albumin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108091006905 Human Serum Albumin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229920001612 Hydroxyethyl starch Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 206010020772 Hypertension Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010062016 Immunosuppression Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010061218 Inflammation Diseases 0.000 description 1
- YQEZLKZALYSWHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ketamine Chemical compound C=1C=CC=C(Cl)C=1C1(NC)CCCCC1=O YQEZLKZALYSWHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HNDVDQJCIGZPNO-YFKPBYRVSA-N L-histidine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CN=CN1 HNDVDQJCIGZPNO-YFKPBYRVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FFEARJCKVFRZRR-BYPYZUCNSA-N L-methionine Chemical compound CSCC[C@H](N)C(O)=O FFEARJCKVFRZRR-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108091026898 Leader sequence (mRNA) Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000016267 Leptin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010092277 Leptin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010067125 Liver injury Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000019693 Lung disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000004137 Lysophosphatidic Acid Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000642 Lysophosphatidic Acid Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000829100 Macaca mulatta polyomavirus 1 Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000124008 Mammalia Species 0.000 description 1
- PWHULOQIROXLJO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Manganese Chemical compound [Mn] PWHULOQIROXLJO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229930195725 Mannitol Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 108010038049 Mating Factor Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000001145 Metabolic Syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000003792 Metallothionein Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000157 Metallothionein Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100035877 Monocyte differentiation antigen CD14 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101100364971 Mus musculus Scai gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229910002651 NO3 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- NHNBFGGVMKEFGY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nitrate Chemical compound [O-][N+]([O-])=O NHNBFGGVMKEFGY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000005642 Oleic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- ZQPPMHVWECSIRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Oleic acid Natural products CCCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCC(O)=O ZQPPMHVWECSIRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108020005187 Oligonucleotide Probes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000012408 PCR amplification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 108091006006 PEGylated Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010067035 Pancrelipase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010033276 Peptide Fragments Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000007079 Peptide Fragments Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 208000005228 Pericardial Effusion Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010034476 Pericardial haemorrhage Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000015439 Phospholipases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010064785 Phospholipases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000235648 Pichia Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000004698 Polyethylene Substances 0.000 description 1
- 102000001708 Protein Isoforms Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010029485 Protein Isoforms Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010076504 Protein Sorting Signals Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000010378 Pulmonary Embolism Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 101800001295 Putative ATP-dependent helicase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101800001006 Putative helicase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- BITMAWRCWSHCRW-PFQJHCPISA-N Raffinose Pentahydrate Chemical compound O.O.O.O.O.O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@]1(CO)O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO[C@@H]2[C@@H]([C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O2)O)O1 BITMAWRCWSHCRW-PFQJHCPISA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000700157 Rattus norvegicus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000714474 Rous sarcoma virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001468001 Salmonella virus SP6 Species 0.000 description 1
- 108091081021 Sense strand Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229920005654 Sephadex Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000012507 Sephadex™ Substances 0.000 description 1
- MTCFGRXMJLQNBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Serine Natural products OCC(N)C(O)=O MTCFGRXMJLQNBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000710960 Sindbis virus Species 0.000 description 1
- UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-DEQYMQKBSA-M Sodium bicarbonate-14C Chemical compound [Na+].O[14C]([O-])=O UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-DEQYMQKBSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 102100038803 Somatotropin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108091081024 Start codon Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000019197 Superoxide Dismutase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010012715 Superoxide dismutase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000024932 T cell mediated immunity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 102100036011 T-cell surface glycoprotein CD4 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108700012920 TNF Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108091036066 Three prime untranslated region Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108090000190 Thrombin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000007983 Tris buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241000700618 Vaccinia virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000024248 Vascular System injury Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000012339 Vascular injury Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010047139 Vasoconstriction Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010047249 Venous thrombosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010047281 Ventricular arrhythmia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010003533 Viral Envelope Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 201000000690 abdominal obesity-metabolic syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000012084 abdominal surgery Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940124532 absorption promoter Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000021736 acetylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006640 acetylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000654 additive Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960005305 adenosine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000002671 adjuvant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002411 adverse Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002776 aggregation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004220 aggregation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000032683 aging Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000001299 aldehydes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- OFCNXPDARWKPPY-UHFFFAOYSA-N allopurinol Chemical compound OC1=NC=NC2=C1C=NN2 OFCNXPDARWKPPY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960003459 allopurinol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000004075 alteration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001668 ameliorated effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000009435 amidation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007112 amidation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000001408 amides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000001412 amines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000002266 amputation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000002399 angioplasty Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003242 anti bacterial agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000844 anti-bacterial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000845 anti-microbial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003146 anticoagulant agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940127219 anticoagulant drug Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000002506 anticoagulant protein Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004599 antimicrobial Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003078 antioxidant effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007486 appendectomy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012736 aqueous medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007864 aqueous solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N arginine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCCNC(N)=N ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010003119 arrhythmia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000006793 arrhythmia Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000037873 arthrodesis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000011882 arthroplasty Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003143 atherosclerotic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003190 augmentative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003855 balanced salt solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000002469 basement membrane Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000003115 biocidal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920000249 biocompatible polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000004071 biological effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960002685 biotin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000020958 biotin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011616 biotin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002051 biphasic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000001045 blue dye Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000001185 bone marrow Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 208000006752 brain edema Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000003925 brain function Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000007853 buffer solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 244000309464 bull Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000011575 calcium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052791 calcium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 230000009460 calcium influx Effects 0.000 description 1
- 108010079344 calcyclin-associated protein 50 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000002775 capsule Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000001720 carbohydrates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000014633 carbohydrates Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000007942 carboxylates Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000007211 cardiovascular event Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000015556 catabolic process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000021164 cell adhesion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000030833 cell death Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000010261 cell growth Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001413 cellular effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003727 cerebral blood flow Effects 0.000 description 1
- 206010008118 cerebral infarction Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000003788 cerebral perfusion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000004289 cerebral ventricle Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000002738 chelating agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003399 chemotactic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960004926 chlorobutanol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000002192 cholecystectomy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001684 chronic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012411 cloning technique Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000701 coagulant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000015271 coagulation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005345 coagulation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000004439 collateral ligament Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000001072 colon Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000002299 complementary DNA Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000004590 computer program Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000356 contaminant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001816 cooling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007887 coronary angioplasty Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012926 crystallographic analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000004748 cultured cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000000805 cytoplasm Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000008260 defense mechanism Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012217 deletion Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000037430 deletion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940124447 delivery agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000018109 developmental process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000008121 dextrose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 206010012601 diabetes mellitus Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000000502 dialysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000014113 dietary fatty acids Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000009792 diffusion process Methods 0.000 description 1
- UGMCXQCYOVCMTB-UHFFFAOYSA-K dihydroxy(stearato)aluminium Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)O[Al](O)O UGMCXQCYOVCMTB-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 238000006471 dimerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003292 diminished effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- ZPWVASYFFYYZEW-UHFFFAOYSA-L dipotassium hydrogen phosphate Chemical compound [K+].[K+].OP([O-])([O-])=O ZPWVASYFFYYZEW-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 229910000396 dipotassium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000019797 dipotassium phosphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- LOKCTEFSRHRXRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-I dipotassium trisodium dihydrogen phosphate hydrogen phosphate dichloride Chemical compound P(=O)(O)(O)[O-].[K+].P(=O)(O)([O-])[O-].[Na+].[Na+].[Cl-].[K+].[Cl-].[Na+] LOKCTEFSRHRXRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-I 0.000 description 1
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000037265 diseases, disorders, signs and symptoms Diseases 0.000 description 1
- BNIILDVGGAEEIG-UHFFFAOYSA-L disodium hydrogen phosphate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].OP([O-])([O-])=O BNIILDVGGAEEIG-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 229910000397 disodium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000019800 disodium phosphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000002270 dispersing agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002612 dispersion medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010494 dissociation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000005593 dissociations Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002552 dosage form Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002651 drug therapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001490 effect on brain Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000002066 eicosanoids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000004520 electroporation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010828 elution Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000013171 endarterectomy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000007515 enzymatic degradation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002255 enzymatic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000002919 epithelial cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- KAQKFAOMNZTLHT-VVUHWYTRSA-N epoprostenol Chemical compound O1C(=CCCCC(O)=O)C[C@@H]2[C@@H](/C=C/[C@@H](O)CCCCC)[C@H](O)C[C@@H]21 KAQKFAOMNZTLHT-VVUHWYTRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960001123 epoprostenol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000004185 ester group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000002148 esters Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- BEFDCLMNVWHSGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethenylcyclopentane Chemical compound C=CC1CCCC1 BEFDCLMNVWHSGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000003527 eukaryotic cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000011156 evaluation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960003699 evans blue Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940012414 factor viia Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000194 fatty acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229930195729 fatty acid Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 150000004665 fatty acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 210000003191 femoral vein Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- ZZUFCTLCJUWOSV-UHFFFAOYSA-N furosemide Chemical group C1=C(Cl)C(S(=O)(=O)N)=CC(C(O)=O)=C1NCC1=CC=CO1 ZZUFCTLCJUWOSV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000013110 gastrectomy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011902 gastrointestinal surgery Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000499 gel Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008273 gelatin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000159 gelatin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000019322 gelatine Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000011852 gelatine desserts Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000001415 gene therapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002068 genetic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000005908 glyceryl ester group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000001087 glyceryl triacetate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000013773 glyceryl triacetate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000002334 glycols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000013595 glycosylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006206 glycosylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000008187 granular material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000012010 growth Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003102 growth factor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000122 growth hormone Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001631 haemodialysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000010247 heart contraction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000019622 heart disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000004217 heart function Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000322 hemodialysis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002008 hemorrhagic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010879 hemorrhoidectomy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002439 hemostatic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000234 hepatic damage Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 231100000753 hepatic injury Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- HNDVDQJCIGZPNO-UHFFFAOYSA-N histidine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC1=CN=CN1 HNDVDQJCIGZPNO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000028996 humoral immune response Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000017 hydrogel Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 description 1
- 229940050526 hydroxyethylstarch Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000009802 hysterectomy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000003018 immunoassay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000003119 immunoblot Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002163 immunogen Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001114 immunoprecipitation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001506 immunosuppresive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001771 impaired effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000000338 in vitro Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002779 inactivation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000006698 induction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000004969 inflammatory cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000004054 inflammatory process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000007972 injectable composition Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052500 inorganic mineral Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229960000367 inositol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- CDAISMWEOUEBRE-GPIVLXJGSA-N inositol Chemical compound O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H]1O CDAISMWEOUEBRE-GPIVLXJGSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000003780 insertion Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000037431 insertion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000010354 integration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940047124 interferons Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940047122 interleukins Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000000936 intestine Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000007918 intramuscular administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007919 intrasynovial administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005342 ion exchange Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004255 ion exchange chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002555 ionophore Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000236 ionophoric effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000002500 ions Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- QXJSBBXBKPUZAA-UHFFFAOYSA-N isooleic acid Natural products CCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCCC(O)=O QXJSBBXBKPUZAA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000007951 isotonicity adjuster Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960003299 ketamine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000001865 kupffer cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229940099563 lactobionic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000002684 laminectomy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000002350 laparotomy Methods 0.000 description 1
- NRYBAZVQPHGZNS-ZSOCWYAHSA-N leptin Chemical compound O=C([C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1C2=CC=CC=C2NC=1)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H](CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC(C)C)CCSC)N1CCC[C@H]1C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CS)C(O)=O NRYBAZVQPHGZNS-ZSOCWYAHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940039781 leptin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000003902 lesion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000518 lethal Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000001665 lethal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000670 limiting effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001638 lipofection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012669 liquid formulation Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000008818 liver damage Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000019423 liver disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000007774 longterm Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000002540 macrophage Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229910052943 magnesium sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- WRUGWIBCXHJTDG-UHFFFAOYSA-L magnesium sulfate heptahydrate Chemical compound O.O.O.O.O.O.O.[Mg+2].[O-]S([O-])(=O)=O WRUGWIBCXHJTDG-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 229940061634 magnesium sulfate heptahydrate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019341 magnesium sulphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000012423 maintenance Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007726 management method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052748 manganese Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011572 manganese Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000594 mannitol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010355 mannitol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011159 matrix material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001840 matrix-assisted laser desorption--ionisation time-of-flight mass spectrometry Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001404 mediated effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 108020004999 messenger RNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229910052751 metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000002739 metals Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229930182817 methionine Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 230000011987 methylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007069 methylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000813 microbial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 244000005700 microbiome Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000003094 microcapsule Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000000520 microinjection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000000386 microscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 201000007309 middle cerebral artery infarction Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 235000010755 mineral Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011707 mineral Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002438 mitochondrial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010369 molecular cloning Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003068 molecular probe Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010172 mouse model Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000869 mutational effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000000107 myocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000001885 myotomy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000002850 nasal mucosa Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000001338 necrotic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000014508 negative regulation of coagulation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000013059 nephrectomy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000926 neurological effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000878 neurological injury Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000003955 neuronal function Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000000440 neutrophil Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229910052759 nickel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000002687 nonaqueous vehicle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003921 oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019198 oils Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- ZQPPMHVWECSIRJ-KTKRTIGZSA-N oleic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC(O)=O ZQPPMHVWECSIRJ-KTKRTIGZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000002751 oligonucleotide probe Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000009806 oophorectomy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011474 orchiectomy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000004768 organ dysfunction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000399 orthopedic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002018 overexpression Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000007800 oxidant agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001590 oxidative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940094443 oxytocics prostaglandins Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000000242 pagocytic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000026792 palmitoylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000000496 pancreas Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 244000052769 pathogen Species 0.000 description 1
- 230000008756 pathogenetic mechanism Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007918 pathogenicity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000915 pathological change Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000036285 pathological change Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007170 pathology Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000003899 penis Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000013146 percutaneous coronary intervention Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002093 peripheral effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000001322 periplasm Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229960003742 phenol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000008363 phosphate buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002953 phosphate buffered saline Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000026731 phosphorylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006366 phosphorylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920000573 polyethylene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920005862 polyol Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 150000003077 polyols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000006555 post-translational control Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004481 post-translational protein modification Effects 0.000 description 1
- 102000035123 post-translationally modified proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108091005626 post-translationally modified proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000002980 postoperative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910000160 potassium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000011009 potassium phosphates Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000002243 precursor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000013823 prenylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002335 preservative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000013615 primer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000770 proinflammatory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000001236 prokaryotic cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 150000003180 prostaglandins Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000011471 prostatectomy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003223 protective agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000000159 protein binding assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012460 protein solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000016434 protein splicing Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000017854 proteolysis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000001938 protoplast Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000002685 pulmonary effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003127 radioimmunoassay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000002673 radiosurgery Methods 0.000 description 1
- 108010013773 recombinant FVIIa Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000003259 recombinant expression Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008085 renal dysfunction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000013878 renal filtration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008439 repair process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000010076 replication Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002271 resection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 108091008146 restriction endonucleases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000001177 retroviral effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012552 review Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012487 rinsing solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- CDAISMWEOUEBRE-UHFFFAOYSA-N scyllo-inosotol Natural products OC1C(O)C(O)C(O)C(O)C1O CDAISMWEOUEBRE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000028327 secretion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002741 site-directed mutagenesis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000003491 skin Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 150000003384 small molecules Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 210000002460 smooth muscle Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000001488 sodium phosphate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007790 solid phase Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003381 solubilizing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940075582 sorbic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000010199 sorbic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000004334 sorbic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001179 sorption measurement Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010911 splenectomy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000010110 spontaneous platelet aggregation Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000013223 sprague-dawley female rat Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000013222 sprague-dawley male rat Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012453 sprague-dawley rat model Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007921 spray Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003068 static effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007863 steatosis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000008223 sterile water Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000035882 stress Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007920 subcutaneous administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000000346 sugar Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000001629 suppression Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000375 suspending agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000024891 symptom Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000002195 synergetic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012385 systemic delivery Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008685 targeting Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000003396 thiol group Chemical group [H]S* 0.000 description 1
- 238000013151 thrombectomy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960004072 thrombin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960000103 thrombolytic agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- RZWIIPASKMUIAC-VQTJNVASSA-N thromboxane Chemical compound CCCCCCCC[C@H]1OCCC[C@@H]1CCCCCCC RZWIIPASKMUIAC-VQTJNVASSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000001685 thyroid gland Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000000451 tissue damage Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000827 tissue damage Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000009092 tissue dysfunction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004448 titration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007483 tonsillectomy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000699 topical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000005026 transcription initiation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002103 transcriptional effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000037317 transdermal delivery Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008733 trauma Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011269 treatment regimen Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960002622 triacetin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000003626 triacylglycerols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000001960 triggered effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- LENZDBCJOHFCAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N tris Chemical compound OCC(N)(CO)CO LENZDBCJOHFCAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000001072 type 2 diabetes mellitus Diseases 0.000 description 1
- OUYCCCASQSFEME-UHFFFAOYSA-N tyrosine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 OUYCCCASQSFEME-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001493 tyrosinyl group Chemical group [H]OC1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])C([H])(N([H])[H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 241000701161 unidentified adenovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000701447 unidentified baculovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001529453 unidentified herpesvirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001430294 unidentified retrovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 230000003966 vascular damage Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008728 vascular permeability Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007879 vasectomy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000025033 vasoconstriction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003612 virological effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940088594 vitamin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000013343 vitamin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011782 vitamin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229930003231 vitamin Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 108010047303 von Willebrand Factor Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100036537 von Willebrand factor Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 229960001134 von willebrand factor Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000005303 weighing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000009736 wetting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000080 wetting agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- BPICBUSOMSTKRF-UHFFFAOYSA-N xylazine Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC(C)=C1NC1=NCCCS1 BPICBUSOMSTKRF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960001600 xylazine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000011680 zucker rat Methods 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K35/00—Medicinal preparations containing materials or reaction products thereof with undetermined constitution
- A61K35/12—Materials from mammals; Compositions comprising non-specified tissues or cells; Compositions comprising non-embryonic stem cells; Genetically modified cells
- A61K35/14—Blood; Artificial blood
- A61K35/19—Platelets; Megacaryocytes
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A01—AGRICULTURE; FORESTRY; ANIMAL HUSBANDRY; HUNTING; TRAPPING; FISHING
- A01N—PRESERVATION OF BODIES OF HUMANS OR ANIMALS OR PLANTS OR PARTS THEREOF; BIOCIDES, e.g. AS DISINFECTANTS, AS PESTICIDES OR AS HERBICIDES; PEST REPELLANTS OR ATTRACTANTS; PLANT GROWTH REGULATORS
- A01N1/00—Preservation of bodies of humans or animals, or parts thereof
- A01N1/02—Preservation of living parts
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A01—AGRICULTURE; FORESTRY; ANIMAL HUSBANDRY; HUNTING; TRAPPING; FISHING
- A01N—PRESERVATION OF BODIES OF HUMANS OR ANIMALS OR PLANTS OR PARTS THEREOF; BIOCIDES, e.g. AS DISINFECTANTS, AS PESTICIDES OR AS HERBICIDES; PEST REPELLANTS OR ATTRACTANTS; PLANT GROWTH REGULATORS
- A01N1/00—Preservation of bodies of humans or animals, or parts thereof
- A01N1/02—Preservation of living parts
- A01N1/0205—Chemical aspects
- A01N1/021—Preservation or perfusion media, liquids, solids or gases used in the preservation of cells, tissue, organs or bodily fluids
- A01N1/0226—Physiologically active agents, i.e. substances affecting physiological processes of cells and tissue to be preserved, e.g. anti-oxidants or nutrients
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K38/00—Medicinal preparations containing peptides
- A61K38/16—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
- A61K38/17—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans
- A61K38/1703—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans from vertebrates
- A61K38/1709—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans from vertebrates from mammals
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P43/00—Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P7/00—Drugs for disorders of the blood or the extracellular fluid
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P7/00—Drugs for disorders of the blood or the extracellular fluid
- A61P7/02—Antithrombotic agents; Anticoagulants; Platelet aggregation inhibitors
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
- A61P9/10—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system for treating ischaemic or atherosclerotic diseases, e.g. antianginal drugs, coronary vasodilators, drugs for myocardial infarction, retinopathy, cerebrovascula insufficiency, renal arteriosclerosis
Landscapes
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- Zoology (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
- Hematology (AREA)
- Epidemiology (AREA)
- Wood Science & Technology (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- Immunology (AREA)
- Environmental Sciences (AREA)
- General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Dentistry (AREA)
- Biomedical Technology (AREA)
- Developmental Biology & Embryology (AREA)
- Virology (AREA)
- Proteomics, Peptides & Aminoacids (AREA)
- Cell Biology (AREA)
- Biotechnology (AREA)
- Biophysics (AREA)
- Physiology (AREA)
- Diabetes (AREA)
- Gastroenterology & Hepatology (AREA)
- Marine Sciences & Fisheries (AREA)
- Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
- Cardiology (AREA)
- Vascular Medicine (AREA)
- Urology & Nephrology (AREA)
- Medicines That Contain Protein Lipid Enzymes And Other Medicines (AREA)
- Medicines Containing Antibodies Or Antigens For Use As Internal Diagnostic Agents (AREA)
- Peptides Or Proteins (AREA)
Abstract
Compositions for and methods of attenuating and/or preventing ischemia-reperfusion injury (IRI) are provided. One method comprises administering to a patient in need thereof an agent that binds phosphatidylserine (PS) located on cell surfaces, i.e., PS binding agent. Another method comprises administering to an organ transplant recipient a therapeutic composition comprising a PS binding agent. A method of preventing IRI to cells is also provided. The method comprises adding a PS-binding agent to a therapeutic composition used to treat the cells. Further provided is a method of protecting an organ or a tissue susceptible to IRI. The method comprises contacting the organ or tissue with a PS-binding agent. Such an agent may, for example, attenuate IRI in patients with stroke or myocardial infarction, or following surgical operations. PS-binding agents include modified annexin proteins, antibodies against PS molecules, and other anti-PS molecules.
Description
ATTENUATION OF REPERFUSION INJURY
FIELD OF THE INVENTION
[0001] This invention relates generally to attenuation of post-ischemic reperfusion injury (IRI), and more particularly to compositions and methods useful in the attenuation of IRI.
BACKGROUND
FIELD OF THE INVENTION
[0001] This invention relates generally to attenuation of post-ischemic reperfusion injury (IRI), and more particularly to compositions and methods useful in the attenuation of IRI.
BACKGROUND
[0002] Brief (transient) or prolonged restriction of blood flow to an organ or tissue results in ischemia, an insufficient supply of oxygenated blood to that organ or tissue. In a clinical sense, ischemia is typically caused by partial or complete obstruction of a blood vessel, such as by stroke, myocardial infarction, or surgery in which the blood supply to the organ is reduced or cut off. It occurs also when an organ or tissue subject to transplantation or grafting, respectively, becomes ischemic after removal from the body.
Reperfusion is the process of restoring blood supply to an organ or tissue after an event that restricts or blocks blood flow, for example by removal or lysis of a thrombus. Reperfusion also occurs following organ transplantation when the circulation is re-established.
Reperfusion is the process of restoring blood supply to an organ or tissue after an event that restricts or blocks blood flow, for example by removal or lysis of a thrombus. Reperfusion also occurs following organ transplantation when the circulation is re-established.
[0003] Transient ischemia produces reversible injury in many organs. However, re-establishment of the circulation is associated with pathological changes that exacerbate tissue damage, and is typically referred to as IRI. This type of injury significantly reduces the success of recovery from stroke, myocardial infarction, organ transplantation and other types of surgery.
[0004] IRI is a complex process and the underlying pathogenetic mechanisms are not fully understood. Several earlier experimental animal and clinical studies, however, provide insight on the subject. For example, myocardial infarctions in rabbit hearts (Farb et al. J. Am.
Coll. Cardiol. 1993; 21: 1295) and human hearts (Nijmeier et al. Int.
Immunopharmacol.
2001; 1: 403) provide a model of IRI: myocytes are viable before reperfusion then progress to irreversible injury during reperfusion. Apoptosis can contribute to myocardial cell death during reperfusion, demonstrated by the finding that caspase inhibition protects against lethal reperfusion injury (Mocanu et al., Br. J. Pharmacol. 2000; 130: 197). IRI is also lessened when leukocytes are depleted (references in Nijmeijer et al., 2001).
Coll. Cardiol. 1993; 21: 1295) and human hearts (Nijmeier et al. Int.
Immunopharmacol.
2001; 1: 403) provide a model of IRI: myocytes are viable before reperfusion then progress to irreversible injury during reperfusion. Apoptosis can contribute to myocardial cell death during reperfusion, demonstrated by the finding that caspase inhibition protects against lethal reperfusion injury (Mocanu et al., Br. J. Pharmacol. 2000; 130: 197). IRI is also lessened when leukocytes are depleted (references in Nijmeijer et al., 2001).
[0005] Phospholipids are asymmetrically distributed in the plasma membrane bilayer of normal cells. The acidic phospholipid phosphatidylserine (PS) is confined to the inner layer facing the cytoplasm (Devaux and Zachowski, Chem. Phys. Lipids 1994; 73: 107) and maintained in this orientation by an ATP-dependent phospholipid translocase.
When ATP is depleted (for example, as a result of anoxia) some PS translocates to the outer layer and is accessible on the cell surface. This process has been assayed by flow cytometry using a fluorescently labeled protein that binds PS with high affinity, such as labeled annexin V
(Bossy-Wetzel and Green, Methods Enzymol. 2000; 322: 15).
When ATP is depleted (for example, as a result of anoxia) some PS translocates to the outer layer and is accessible on the cell surface. This process has been assayed by flow cytometry using a fluorescently labeled protein that binds PS with high affinity, such as labeled annexin V
(Bossy-Wetzel and Green, Methods Enzymol. 2000; 322: 15).
[0006] Even though many advances have been made in surgical technique, patient management, and immunosuppression, IRI remains an important clinical problem.
IRI
accounts for as much as 10% of early graft loss in the case of transplanted livers (Amersi et al., J. Clin. Invest. 1999; 104: 1631). In addition, preservation of livers longer than 12 hours is highly correlated with primary nonfunction after transplantation, as well as an increased incidence of both acute and chronic rejection (Fellstrom et al., Transplant Proc.
1998; 30: 4278).
IRI
accounts for as much as 10% of early graft loss in the case of transplanted livers (Amersi et al., J. Clin. Invest. 1999; 104: 1631). In addition, preservation of livers longer than 12 hours is highly correlated with primary nonfunction after transplantation, as well as an increased incidence of both acute and chronic rejection (Fellstrom et al., Transplant Proc.
1998; 30: 4278).
[0007] In spite of extensive research, including that reviewed by Selzner et al.
(Gastroenterology 2003; 125: 917), no method for decreasing IRI has become widely used in the treatment of stroke or myocardial infarction, or in organ transplantation or tissue grafting.
It would be desirable to develop a therapeutic agent or procedure which attenuates or prevents IRI from stroke or myocardial infarction, following organ transplantation, and in other surgical procedures.
(Gastroenterology 2003; 125: 917), no method for decreasing IRI has become widely used in the treatment of stroke or myocardial infarction, or in organ transplantation or tissue grafting.
It would be desirable to develop a therapeutic agent or procedure which attenuates or prevents IRI from stroke or myocardial infarction, following organ transplantation, and in other surgical procedures.
[0008] d'Amico et al. (FASEB J. 2000; 14: 1867) mention that annexin V did not inhibit RI in the rat heart whereas lipocortin I (annexin I) did.
[0009] Pelton et al. (J. Exp. Med. 1991; 174: 305) mention that a fragment of lipocortin I, injected into the cerebral ventricle of rats, decreased infarct size and cerebral edema after cerebral ischemia.
[0010] Against this background, the present disclosure is provided.
SUMMARY
SUMMARY
[0011] The present invention provides compositions for and methods of attenuating and/or preventing IRI in a patient in need thereof, or in an organ or tissue in need thereof.
[0012] There is provided novel compositions for attenuating and/or preventing IRI in a patient in need thereof.
[0013] There is provided novel compositions for attenuating and/or preventing IRI in an organ or tissue in need thereof.
[0014] The above compositions comprise an agent that binds with high affinity to PS on cell surfaces. In some embodiments, the agent is a protein or other ligand to PS, such as an annexin or modified annexin, a monoclonal or polyclonal antibody to PS, an antibody fragment or construct binding PS, or another class of molecule found to have affinity for PS.
[0015] There is also provided a method of attenuating IRI comprising the administration of a PS binding agent to a patient in need thereof.
[0016] There is also provided a method of preventing or limiting IRI
comprising administering to an organ transplant recipient a therapeutic composition that comprises a PS
binding agent.
comprising administering to an organ transplant recipient a therapeutic composition that comprises a PS
binding agent.
[0017] There is further provided a method of preventing IRI to isolated cells or groups of cells comprising adding PS binding agent to the isolated cells or groups of cells.
[0018] There is still further provided a method of protecting an organ or a tissue susceptible to IRI comprising contacting the organ or tissue with a PS binding agent.
[0019] Further features and benefits of the invention will be apparent to one skilled in the art from a reading of this specification.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
[0020] FIGS. lA-C show the structural scheme of two modified annexin embodiments.
FIG. 1A shows the structural scheme of human annexin V homodimer with a His-tag; FIG.
1B shows the structural scheme of the human annexin V homodimer without a His-tag. FIG.
1C shows a DNA construct for making a homodimer of annexin V.
FIG. 1A shows the structural scheme of human annexin V homodimer with a His-tag; FIG.
1B shows the structural scheme of the human annexin V homodimer without a His-tag. FIG.
1C shows a DNA construct for making a homodimer of annexin V.
[0021] FIGS. 2A-D show the results of flowcytometric analysis of a mixture of normal (1 x 107/ml) and PS exposing (1 x 107/ml) RBCs incubated with 0.2 pg/ml biotinylated AV
(FIG. 2A); 0.2 pg/ml nonbiotinylated DAV (FIG. 2B); 0.2 pg/ml biotinylated AV
and 0.2 pg/ml nonbiotinylated DAV (FIG. 2C); and 0.2 pg/ml biotinylated DAV and 0.2 pg/ml nonbiotinylated AV (FIG. 2D), in each case, followed by R-phycoerythrein-conjugated streptavidin.
(FIG. 2A); 0.2 pg/ml nonbiotinylated DAV (FIG. 2B); 0.2 pg/ml biotinylated AV
and 0.2 pg/ml nonbiotinylated DAV (FIG. 2C); and 0.2 pg/ml biotinylated DAV and 0.2 pg/ml nonbiotinylated AV (FIG. 2D), in each case, followed by R-phycoerythrein-conjugated streptavidin.
[0022] FIG. 3-Blood radioactivity in rats following injection of radio-labelled DAV. The decrease in blood radioactivity (open squares) is biphasic with an alpha-phase (closed squares) and beta-phase (closed circles) superimposed.
[0023] FIG. 4 shows PLA2-induced hemolysis of PS-exposing RBC. A mixture of normal (1 x 107/ml) and PS exposing (1 x 107/ml) RBCs was incubated with 100 ng/ml pancreatic PLA2 (pPLA2) or secretory PLA2 (sPLA2). Hemolysis was measured as a function of time and expressed relative to 100% hemolysis induced by osmotic shock. The percentage of PS-exposing cells was determined by flow cytometry of the cell suspension after labeling with biotinylated DAV and R-phycoerythrein-conjugated streptavidin. FIG. 4A
shows hemolysis induced by 100 ng/ml pPLA2 in absence (triangles) or presence of 2 g/ml DAV
(circles) or AV (squares). FIG. 4B shows hemolysis induced by 100 ng/ml pPLA2 in the presence of various amounts of DAV (circles) or AV (squares). FIG. 4C shows PS-exposing cells in the cell suspension after 60 minutes incubation with 100 ng/ml pPLA2 in the presence of 2 g/ml DAV.
shows hemolysis induced by 100 ng/ml pPLA2 in absence (triangles) or presence of 2 g/ml DAV
(circles) or AV (squares). FIG. 4B shows hemolysis induced by 100 ng/ml pPLA2 in the presence of various amounts of DAV (circles) or AV (squares). FIG. 4C shows PS-exposing cells in the cell suspension after 60 minutes incubation with 100 ng/ml pPLA2 in the presence of 2 g/ml DAV.
[0024] FIG. 5 shows serum alanine aminotransferase (ALT) levels in mice sham operated (Sham), mice given saline, mice given HEPES buffer 6 hours before clamping the hepatic artery, mice given pegylated annexin (PEG Anex) or annexin dimer 6 hours before clamping the artery, and mice given monomeric annexin (Anex). The asterisk above PEG
ANNEX and ANNEX DIMER indicates p<0.001.
ANNEX and ANNEX DIMER indicates p<0.001.
[0025] FIG. 6A shows attachment of leukocytes to endothelial cells during IRI
with and without Diannexin for periportal sinusoids. FIG. 6B shows attachment of leukocytes to endothelial cells during IRI with and without Diannexin for centrilobular sinusoids.
with and without Diannexin for periportal sinusoids. FIG. 6B shows attachment of leukocytes to endothelial cells during IRI with and without Diannexin for centrilobular sinusoids.
[0026] FIG. 7A shows attachment of platelets to endothelial cells during ischemia-reperfusion injury with and without Diannexin for periportal sinusoids. FIG.
7B shows attachment of platelets to endothelial cells during ischemia-reperfusion injury with and without Diannexin for centrilobular sinusoids.
7B shows attachment of platelets to endothelial cells during ischemia-reperfusion injury with and without Diannexin for centrilobular sinusoids.
[0027] The Figures form part of the present specification and are included to further demonstrate certain aspects of the present invention. The invention may be better understood by reference to one or more of these drawings in combination with the detailed description of specific embodiments presented herein.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION
DETAILED DESCRIPTION
[0028] Embodiments of the present invention provide compositions for and methods of attenuating or preventing IRI in the context of stroke, myocardial infarction, organ transplantation, tissue grafting, and surgery which restricts or cuts off blood supply to an organ or tissue.
Compositions [0029] Provided herein are pharmaceutical compositions comprising one or more agents that bind PS on cell surfaces (referred to herein as "PS binding agents"), and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. Such pharmaceutical compositions can be added to cells, groups of cells, tissues, or organs, and/or administered to patients.
These compositions can be used according to the methods described herein, for example, to attenuate and/or prevent IRI in a patient in need thereof.
Methods of Treatment [0030] Provided herein are methods of attenuating IRI comprising the administration of one or more PS binding agents to a patient in need thereof.
Compositions [0029] Provided herein are pharmaceutical compositions comprising one or more agents that bind PS on cell surfaces (referred to herein as "PS binding agents"), and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. Such pharmaceutical compositions can be added to cells, groups of cells, tissues, or organs, and/or administered to patients.
These compositions can be used according to the methods described herein, for example, to attenuate and/or prevent IRI in a patient in need thereof.
Methods of Treatment [0030] Provided herein are methods of attenuating IRI comprising the administration of one or more PS binding agents to a patient in need thereof.
[0031] The word "attenuating" as used herein is defined as decreasing or otherwise reducing, and includes preventing and partially reversing. As applied herein, attenuating IRI
has, in some instances, the effect of decreasing and/or reducing this type of injury. In other instances, attenuating IRI has the effect of partially reversing the injury.
Partially reversing IRI can occur when administration of PS binding agent reverses damage already resulting from ischemia. Preventing IRI can occur when administration of a PS binding agent prevents any amount, for example, from about 1% to about 100% of possible IRI.
has, in some instances, the effect of decreasing and/or reducing this type of injury. In other instances, attenuating IRI has the effect of partially reversing the injury.
Partially reversing IRI can occur when administration of PS binding agent reverses damage already resulting from ischemia. Preventing IRI can occur when administration of a PS binding agent prevents any amount, for example, from about 1% to about 100% of possible IRI.
[0032] Also provided herein are methods of protecting an organ or a tissue susceptible to IRI comprising contacting the organ or tissue with a PS binding agent.
[0033] An organ or tissue susceptible to IRI includes, for example, an organ or tissue which is transplanted, an organ or tissue at risk of ischemia during surgery, brain tissue affected by stroke, and heart tissue affected by myocardial infarction.
Translocation of PS to Cell Surfaces [0034] Hypoxia and subsequent reoxygenation of cultured endothelial cells (EC) results in an increase in the binding of labeled annexin V to a cells' surface (Ran et al., Cancer Res.
2002; 62: 6132). These findings show that PS is translocated to the surface of ECs during hypoxia. Translocation was augmented by the pro-inflammatory cytokines IL-la and TNFa, and by acidity and oxidant stress, all of which are present under conditions when IRI occurs.
Translocation of PS to Cell Surfaces [0034] Hypoxia and subsequent reoxygenation of cultured endothelial cells (EC) results in an increase in the binding of labeled annexin V to a cells' surface (Ran et al., Cancer Res.
2002; 62: 6132). These findings show that PS is translocated to the surface of ECs during hypoxia. Translocation was augmented by the pro-inflammatory cytokines IL-la and TNFa, and by acidity and oxidant stress, all of which are present under conditions when IRI occurs.
[0035] Translocation of PS to the cell surface has been identified as a marker for the early stages of apoptosis. Human studies indicate that apoptosis is implicated in the process of cardiomyocyte death, because apoptotic cells identified by labeled annexin V
binding were present in the infarcted area of myocardial samples obtained from patients who died of an acute myocardial infarct (Krijnen et al., 2002, review). The sequence of events involved in reperfusion is proposed to occur as follows: exposure of PS on the surface of ECs that are still viable, and the binding to the ECs of leukocytes and platelets. These events block microvascular blood flow, prolong anoxia and augment the damage resulting from the preceding ischemia.
binding were present in the infarcted area of myocardial samples obtained from patients who died of an acute myocardial infarct (Krijnen et al., 2002, review). The sequence of events involved in reperfusion is proposed to occur as follows: exposure of PS on the surface of ECs that are still viable, and the binding to the ECs of leukocytes and platelets. These events block microvascular blood flow, prolong anoxia and augment the damage resulting from the preceding ischemia.
[0036] The contribution of leukocytes to IRI is apparent from studies on monocytes in this process. The chemokine MCP-1 (monocyte chemoattractant protein-1) plays a major part in the recruitment of monocytes. For example, soon after reperfusion begins, MCP-1 messenger RNA is induced in the blood vessels of canine hearts (Kumar et al., Circulation 1997; 95: 693). One hour after reperfusion, there is a substantial recruitment of monocytes into the canine heart (Birdsall et al., Circulation 1997; 97: 684). An antibody against MCP-1 significantly reduced the infarct size 24 hours after ischemia and reperfusion in the rat heart (Ono et al., Lab. Invest. 1999; 79: 195). Transfection with a dominant-negative inhibitor of MCP-1 was found to improve cardiac function after 6 hours of cold preservation (Kajihara et al., Circulation 2003; 108, supp. II: 213). Conversely, overexpression of MCP-1 in the mouse brain increased the recruitment of inflammatory cells and exacerbated ischemic brain injury (Chen et al., J. Cerebral Blood Flow Metab. 2003; 23: 748).
[0037] The early stages of apoptosis, including PS translocation to the cell surface, are reversible (Hammill et al., Exp. Cell Res. 1999, 251: 16; Jeangirard et al., J. Immunol. 1999, 162, 5712). Binding of monocytes or other phagocytic cells to such pre-apoptotic cells can initiate the later, irreversible stages of apoptosis. The role of phagocytic cells in apoptosis was revealed by genetic studies in Caenorhabiditis elegans. Programmed cell death in C. elegans requires an interaction of target cells with phagocytic cells.
Although engulfment usually follows, changes characteristic of apoptosis, e.g., the generation of free DNA 3'-hydroxyl ends, can occur without phagocytosis (Wu et al., Genes Develop. 2000;
14: 536).
Mutations in either target cells or phagocytic cells prevent apoptosis (Reddien et al., Nature 2001; 412: 198). Apoptosis in mammalian cells follows a similar sequence.
Reddien et al.
conclude that phagocytic cells promote the suicides of many (and perhaps all) cells triggered to initiate programmed cell death. This concept may be extended to postulate that recruited monocytes trigger the later stages of apoptosis in ECs and other cell types during IRI.
Although engulfment usually follows, changes characteristic of apoptosis, e.g., the generation of free DNA 3'-hydroxyl ends, can occur without phagocytosis (Wu et al., Genes Develop. 2000;
14: 536).
Mutations in either target cells or phagocytic cells prevent apoptosis (Reddien et al., Nature 2001; 412: 198). Apoptosis in mammalian cells follows a similar sequence.
Reddien et al.
conclude that phagocytic cells promote the suicides of many (and perhaps all) cells triggered to initiate programmed cell death. This concept may be extended to postulate that recruited monocytes trigger the later stages of apoptosis in ECs and other cell types during IRI.
[0038] As discussed above, a distinguishing marker of cells in the early stages of apoptosis is the presence of PS on their surface. Activated monocytes and macrophages express surface receptors for PS (Fadok et al., Nature 2000; 405: 85), and these receptors mediate attachment to and phagocytosis of apoptotic cells. However, as in the case of C. elegans, the binding of recruited monocytes to ECs and other cells expressing PS may trigger the later stages of apoptosis, including TUNEL positivity and caspase 3 activation, without actual engulfment.
[0039] A group of enzymes with phospholipase A2 (PLA2) activity plays an important role in the generation of eicosanoid and other lipid mediators of inflammation, thrombosis, and reperfusion injury. Secretory PLA2 (sPLA2) is released from activated monocytes, as well as other cell types, and is detectable during IRI. Elevated levels of sPLA2 in the circulation are associated with an increased risk for cardiovascular events (Kugiyama et al., Circulation 1999; 10: 1280). Significant elevations of sPLA2 in peripheral blood have been shown in humans with acute myocardial infarction (Nijmeier et al., Int.
Immunopharmacol.
2001; 1: 403). sPLA2 acts on membranes or vesicles with externalized PS
(Fourcade et al., Cell 1995; 80: 919) to generate lysophosphatidylcholine (LPC) and lysophosphatidic acid (LPA). LPC is chemotactic for monocytes (Lauber et al., Cell 2003; 113: 717) and could have synergistic effects with MCP-1 in the recruitment of these cells into sites undergoing IRI. LPA induces rounding of EC, which promotes extravasation of proteins and edema (Amerongen et al., Arterioscl. Thromb. Vasc. Biol. 2000; 20:127). LPC also induces Ca2+
influx into cardiac myocytes, which may be important in the induction of ventricular arrhythmia following acute myocardial infarction (Hashizume et al., Jpn. Heart J. 1997; 38:
11). LPA binds to several high-affinity G protein (Edg) receptors. Selective blockade of LPA3 receptors reduces murine renal IRI (Okusa et al., Am. J. Physiol. 2003;
285: F565).
Another product of sPLA2 activity is arachidonic acid, which accumulates in rat hearts during IRI (van der Vusse et al., Ann. NY Acad. Sci. 1994; 723: 1). Arachidonic acid can itself induce apoptosis and is the precursor of prostaglandins and other lipid mediators, including, for example, thromboxane A2 which can contribute to rethrombosis and vasoconstriction. If ECs are damaged, the effects of thromboxane would not be opposed by prostacyclin and nitric oxide.
Surgery, Stroke, and Myocardial Infarction [0040] By administrating one or more PS binding agents to a patient undergoing surgery, IRI following the operation can be prevented and the organ to which blood supply was restricted or cut off can be protected. Postoperative critical care will decrease because organ or tissue dysfunction is ameliorated or completely avoided. Any type of surgery is contemplated herein, including surgery that involves restriction of blood supply to an organ or tissue. Illustrative surgical procedures that can benefit from the methods described herein include but are not limited to abdominal surgery, abdominoplasty, adenoidectomy, amputation, angioplasty, appendectomy, arthrodesis, arthroplasty, brain surgery, cesarean section, cholecystectomy, colon resection, colostomy, corneal transplantation, discectomy, endarterectomy, gastrectomy, grafting of skin or other tissues, heart transplantation, heart surgery hemicorporectomy, hemorrhoidectomy, hepatectomy, hernia repair, hysterectomy, kidney transplantation, laminectomy, laryngectomy, lumpectomy, lung transplantation, mammoplasty, mastectomy, mastoidectomy, myotomy, nephrectomy, nissen fundoplication, oophorectomy, orchidectomy, orthopedic surgery, parathyroidectomy, penectomy, phalloplasty, pneumonectomy, prostatectomy, radiosurgery, rotationplasty, splenectomy, stapedectomy, thoracotomy, thrombectomy, thymectomy, thyroidectomy, tonsillectomy, ulnar collateral ligament reconstruction, vaginectomy, and vasectomy.
Immunopharmacol.
2001; 1: 403). sPLA2 acts on membranes or vesicles with externalized PS
(Fourcade et al., Cell 1995; 80: 919) to generate lysophosphatidylcholine (LPC) and lysophosphatidic acid (LPA). LPC is chemotactic for monocytes (Lauber et al., Cell 2003; 113: 717) and could have synergistic effects with MCP-1 in the recruitment of these cells into sites undergoing IRI. LPA induces rounding of EC, which promotes extravasation of proteins and edema (Amerongen et al., Arterioscl. Thromb. Vasc. Biol. 2000; 20:127). LPC also induces Ca2+
influx into cardiac myocytes, which may be important in the induction of ventricular arrhythmia following acute myocardial infarction (Hashizume et al., Jpn. Heart J. 1997; 38:
11). LPA binds to several high-affinity G protein (Edg) receptors. Selective blockade of LPA3 receptors reduces murine renal IRI (Okusa et al., Am. J. Physiol. 2003;
285: F565).
Another product of sPLA2 activity is arachidonic acid, which accumulates in rat hearts during IRI (van der Vusse et al., Ann. NY Acad. Sci. 1994; 723: 1). Arachidonic acid can itself induce apoptosis and is the precursor of prostaglandins and other lipid mediators, including, for example, thromboxane A2 which can contribute to rethrombosis and vasoconstriction. If ECs are damaged, the effects of thromboxane would not be opposed by prostacyclin and nitric oxide.
Surgery, Stroke, and Myocardial Infarction [0040] By administrating one or more PS binding agents to a patient undergoing surgery, IRI following the operation can be prevented and the organ to which blood supply was restricted or cut off can be protected. Postoperative critical care will decrease because organ or tissue dysfunction is ameliorated or completely avoided. Any type of surgery is contemplated herein, including surgery that involves restriction of blood supply to an organ or tissue. Illustrative surgical procedures that can benefit from the methods described herein include but are not limited to abdominal surgery, abdominoplasty, adenoidectomy, amputation, angioplasty, appendectomy, arthrodesis, arthroplasty, brain surgery, cesarean section, cholecystectomy, colon resection, colostomy, corneal transplantation, discectomy, endarterectomy, gastrectomy, grafting of skin or other tissues, heart transplantation, heart surgery hemicorporectomy, hemorrhoidectomy, hepatectomy, hernia repair, hysterectomy, kidney transplantation, laminectomy, laryngectomy, lumpectomy, lung transplantation, mammoplasty, mastectomy, mastoidectomy, myotomy, nephrectomy, nissen fundoplication, oophorectomy, orchidectomy, orthopedic surgery, parathyroidectomy, penectomy, phalloplasty, pneumonectomy, prostatectomy, radiosurgery, rotationplasty, splenectomy, stapedectomy, thoracotomy, thrombectomy, thymectomy, thyroidectomy, tonsillectomy, ulnar collateral ligament reconstruction, vaginectomy, and vasectomy.
[0041] In some instances, IRI is caused by surgery which restricts or cuts off blood supply to a tissue or organ. Here, a PS binding agent, for example, can be administered up to at least about 6 hours prior to surgery, during surgery, and/or up to at least 7 days after surgery.
[0042] In other instances, IRI is caused by stroke or myocardial infarction.
[0043] According to a World Health Organization estimate 15 million people experience a stroke every year (www.who.int.). Of these, 5 million die and 5 million are left with permanent disability. Stroke is the third leading cause of death and the leading cause of adult disability in the United States and industrialized European nations, and a major cause of severe, long-term disability. Stroke is an acute neurological injury in which the blood supply to a part of the brain is interrupted, resulting in sudden loss of neuronal function due to disturbance in cerebral perfusion. This disturbance in perfusion is commonly arterial, but can be venous. The area of the brain of the brain where the stroke occurs becomes ischemic and affected tissue can die or be seriously damaged. In an ischemic stroke, a blood vessel becomes occluded and the blood supply to part of the brain is totally or partially blocked.
[0044] Ischemic stroke is generally divided into three categories: thrombotic stroke, embolic stroke, and systemic hypoperfusion (Watershed or Border Zone stroke).
[0045] The great majority (nearly 80%) of strokes follow occlusion of a cerebral artery by a thrombus. Thrombotic stroke involves a thrombus build up, often around atherosclerotic plaques, gradually narrowing the lumen of the artery and impeding blood flow to distal tissue.
Blockage of the artery is gradual, and the onset of a symptomatic thrombotic stroke may be slower than that of an embolic stroke. A thrombus, even if non-occluding, can lead to an embolic stroke if the thrombus breaks off, becoming an embolus. Cerebral thrombosis produces a central area in which vascular perfusion is severely impaired and results in rapid and irreversible brain damage. Surrounding this infarct is an area where vascular perfusion is reduced. Early restoration of blood flow (reperfusion) can salvage brain tissue in this area, thereby decreasing neurological disability.
Blockage of the artery is gradual, and the onset of a symptomatic thrombotic stroke may be slower than that of an embolic stroke. A thrombus, even if non-occluding, can lead to an embolic stroke if the thrombus breaks off, becoming an embolus. Cerebral thrombosis produces a central area in which vascular perfusion is severely impaired and results in rapid and irreversible brain damage. Surrounding this infarct is an area where vascular perfusion is reduced. Early restoration of blood flow (reperfusion) can salvage brain tissue in this area, thereby decreasing neurological disability.
[0046] Embolic stroke is the blockage of arterial access to a part of the brain by an embolus, a traveling particle or debris in the arterial bloodstream originating outside the brain. An embolus is most frequently a blood clot; however a plaque broken off from an atherosclerotic blood vessel, fat (e.g., from bone marrow in a broken bone), air, or cancerous cells can cause an embolic stroke.
[0047] Systemic hypoperfusion, another cause of ischemic stroke, is the reduction of blood flow to all parts of the body, and commonly the result of cardiac pump failure from cardiac arrest or arrhythmias, or from reduced cardiac output during myocardial infarction, pulmonary embolism, pericardial effusion, or bleeding. Because the reduction in blood flow is global, all parts of the brain may be affected, especially border zone regions or "watershed areas" supplied by the major cerebral arteries. Blood flow to the brain during systemic hypoperfusion does not necessarily stop, but may decrease to the point where brain damage occurs.
[0048] Two therapies are approved by regulatory authorities to promote reperfusion after stroke: intravenous administration of tissue plasminogen activator, which lyses thrombi, and a mechanical device that allows retrieval of thrombi from within cerebral vessels (Merci Concentric Retriever). A limitation of both these therapies is that during reperfusion vascular permeability can be increased, resulting in edema and consequent impairment of cerebral function (Maier et al.Ann.Neurol. 2006; 59:929-938). An even more serious complication of reperfusion is breakdown of blood vessel integrity, leading to hemorrhage.
Post-reperfusion hemorrhage is associated with high morbidity and mortality. An additional complication is re-thrombosis after lysis or removal of the original thrombus.
Post-reperfusion hemorrhage is associated with high morbidity and mortality. An additional complication is re-thrombosis after lysis or removal of the original thrombus.
[0049] An alternative method to treat stroke is contemplated herein and comprises the administration of a PS binding agent. In some embodiments, one or more PS-binding agents can, for example, be administered prior to surgery to remove the thrombus, during surgery, during reperfusion, after reperfusion, or any combination thereof. A PS-binding agent can also, for example, be administered to a patient suffering from systemic hypoperfusion, especially while the caregiver is assessing and/or treating the cause of the hypoperfusion.
[0050] The therapeutic strategy provided herein can also be used in combination with a thrombolytic agent or mechanical removal of the thrombus. Additional use of a neuroprotective agent, such as erythropoietin or an analog thereof, can further improve recovery following cerebral thrombosis.
[0051] Acute myocardial infarction (MI), commonly known as a heart attack, is a disease state that occurs when the blood supply to a part of the heart is interrupted.
The resulting oxygen shortage (ischemia) causes damage and potential death of heart tissue.
It is the leading cause of death for both men and women all over the world (www.who.int.). The most common triggering event is the disruption of an atherosclerotic plaque in an epicardial coronary artery, which leads to a clotting cascade, and sometimes results in total occlusion of the artery.
The resulting oxygen shortage (ischemia) causes damage and potential death of heart tissue.
It is the leading cause of death for both men and women all over the world (www.who.int.). The most common triggering event is the disruption of an atherosclerotic plaque in an epicardial coronary artery, which leads to a clotting cascade, and sometimes results in total occlusion of the artery.
[0052] To treat MI, a PS binding agent can, for example, be administered in conjunction with thrombolytic drug therapy, or prior to any reperfusion related surgery, including percutaneous coronary intervention or coronary artery bypass surgery. A PS-binding agent can also, for example, be administered anytime after signs or symptoms of MI
are apparent.
In some instances, this is within at least about 12 hours of the MI event, for example, within at least about 10 hours, or within at least about 8 hours, or within at least about 6 hours of the MI event.
Or2an Transplants and Tissue Grafting [0053] In some instances, IRI is caused by organ transplantation. In other instances, IRI
is caused by tissue grafting. In either situation, a PS binding agent can, for example, be administered to a transplant or graft recipient up to at least about 6 hours prior to reperfusion, up to at least about 3 hours prior to reperfusion, up to at least about 1 hour prior to reperfusion, during reperfusion, and/or up to at least about 1 hour after commencing reperfusion.
are apparent.
In some instances, this is within at least about 12 hours of the MI event, for example, within at least about 10 hours, or within at least about 8 hours, or within at least about 6 hours of the MI event.
Or2an Transplants and Tissue Grafting [0053] In some instances, IRI is caused by organ transplantation. In other instances, IRI
is caused by tissue grafting. In either situation, a PS binding agent can, for example, be administered to a transplant or graft recipient up to at least about 6 hours prior to reperfusion, up to at least about 3 hours prior to reperfusion, up to at least about 1 hour prior to reperfusion, during reperfusion, and/or up to at least about 1 hour after commencing reperfusion.
[0054] A transplanted organ is typically recovered from a donor and perfused with a saline solution or placed in such a solution. The University of Wisconsin solution originally introduced by Belzer et al. is one such solution (Transplantation 1988; 45:
673). The organ is then preserved on ice for several hours while being transported to the recipient patient.
During this period the organ is anoxic, ATP is depleted, and phospholipid asymmetry in the plasma membrane of endiothelial cells (ECs) and other cell types is lost.
Under normal conditions an ATP-dependent phospholipid translocase maintains this asymmetry, confining PS to the inner leaflet of the plasma membrane bilayer. Following anoxia, PS
is translocated to the outer leaflet of the EC plasma membrane, as demonstrated by annexin V
binding to the surface of anoxic cultured cells (Ran et al. Cancer Res. 2002; 62: 6132). We provide herein that the loss of phospholipid asymmetry in ECs and other cells is a major event in the pathogenesis of IRI. The PS exposed on the surfaces of ECs promotes the attachment to them of leukocytes and platelets, which obstructs microvascular blood flow.
The binding to ECs of activated monocytes can then trigger the terminal sequence of apoptotic events in ECs. Impairment of blood flow to target organ cells, such as hepatocytes or cardiomyocytes, leads to their death by apoptosis and/or necrosis.
673). The organ is then preserved on ice for several hours while being transported to the recipient patient.
During this period the organ is anoxic, ATP is depleted, and phospholipid asymmetry in the plasma membrane of endiothelial cells (ECs) and other cell types is lost.
Under normal conditions an ATP-dependent phospholipid translocase maintains this asymmetry, confining PS to the inner leaflet of the plasma membrane bilayer. Following anoxia, PS
is translocated to the outer leaflet of the EC plasma membrane, as demonstrated by annexin V
binding to the surface of anoxic cultured cells (Ran et al. Cancer Res. 2002; 62: 6132). We provide herein that the loss of phospholipid asymmetry in ECs and other cells is a major event in the pathogenesis of IRI. The PS exposed on the surfaces of ECs promotes the attachment to them of leukocytes and platelets, which obstructs microvascular blood flow.
The binding to ECs of activated monocytes can then trigger the terminal sequence of apoptotic events in ECs. Impairment of blood flow to target organ cells, such as hepatocytes or cardiomyocytes, leads to their death by apoptosis and/or necrosis.
[0055] Generally, the methods provided herein comprise protecting an organ or tissue susceptible to reperfusion injury by contacting the organ with a PS binding agent. For example, an organ or tissue can be contacted with a PS binding agent, e.g., modified annexin protein, by intravenously administering about 10 to 1000 g/kg of the PS
binding agent to a patient who has an organ or tissue susceptible to IRI, even if the organ is a transplanted fatty liver.
binding agent to a patient who has an organ or tissue susceptible to IRI, even if the organ is a transplanted fatty liver.
[0056] Organ transplantation permits survival of patients who would otherwise die of heart, liver, or lung disease, and provides an improved quality of life for patients on renal dialysis. Because there is a shortage of organs for transplantation, it would be advantageous if organs from non-ideal, extended-criteria donors could be transplanted successfully.
Pretransplant correlates of diminished graft survival include advanced donor age, long-standing donor hypertension or diabetes mellitus, non-heartbeating cadaver donors and prolonged cold preservation time (A. O. Ojo et al. J. Am. Soc. Nephrol. 2001;
12: 589). The outcome of liver transplants is less successful if the donor organs are steatotic (Amersi et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 2002; 99: 8915), a common occurrence especially among ageing donors.
Pretransplant correlates of diminished graft survival include advanced donor age, long-standing donor hypertension or diabetes mellitus, non-heartbeating cadaver donors and prolonged cold preservation time (A. O. Ojo et al. J. Am. Soc. Nephrol. 2001;
12: 589). The outcome of liver transplants is less successful if the donor organs are steatotic (Amersi et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 2002; 99: 8915), a common occurrence especially among ageing donors.
[0057] The methods and compositions provided herein are therefore useful to increase the percentage of successful organ transplants and tissue grafts, to prolong graft and patient survival, and to increase the pool of candidate donor organs. As the number of patients who might benefit from organ transplantation greatly exceeds the number of organs available, an increased likelihood of a successful transplant would increase the quality of life, add years to a transplant patient's lifespan, and ultimately save lives. It will also reduce the need for hospital care, and consequent costs.
[0058] By administering a PS binding agent to a recipient of an organ transplant at time of transplantation or shortly afterwards, development of IRI in the transplanted organ can be attenuated or prevented. As a result, the function of the transplanted organ is more rapidly recovered, a prerequisite for the success of the organ transplantation. In kidney transplantation, the prevention of renal dysfunction after transplantation decreases dependence of the patient on hemodialysis. In liver, heart, and lung transplantations, the early proper function of the transplanted organ is critical to decreasing morbidity and mortality of the patients. By adding a PS binding agent to the artificial preservation solution used for organ perfusion and/or for cold storage, IRI in the transplanted organ can also be prevented, the organ protected, and functional recovery after transplantation promoted.
Agents binding PS on Cell Surfaces [0059] As used herein, a "PS binding agent" is any molecule that binds to PS
externalized on cell surfaces and inhibits interaction thereby, for example, interaction between a receptor and PS. In some embodiments, inhibition can occur because the binding agent is bound to PS. In other embodiments, the binding agent is associated with PS. In some aspects, this inhibition restrains or retards physiologic, chemical, or enzymatic action between PS and PS
interacting molecules. In other aspects, a binding agent blocks, restricts, or interferes with a particular chemical reaction or other biologic activity. In still other aspects, a binding agent prevents recognition of PS by cells such as leukocytes, monocytes and platelets, thereby preventing interaction between a cell expressing PS and the monocytes, leukocytes and platelets.
Agents binding PS on Cell Surfaces [0059] As used herein, a "PS binding agent" is any molecule that binds to PS
externalized on cell surfaces and inhibits interaction thereby, for example, interaction between a receptor and PS. In some embodiments, inhibition can occur because the binding agent is bound to PS. In other embodiments, the binding agent is associated with PS. In some aspects, this inhibition restrains or retards physiologic, chemical, or enzymatic action between PS and PS
interacting molecules. In other aspects, a binding agent blocks, restricts, or interferes with a particular chemical reaction or other biologic activity. In still other aspects, a binding agent prevents recognition of PS by cells such as leukocytes, monocytes and platelets, thereby preventing interaction between a cell expressing PS and the monocytes, leukocytes and platelets.
[0060] According to the compositions and methods herein, the binding agent is a protein or other agent that binds to PS exposed on cell surfaces. Such an agent can be any molecule that binds PS with high affinity or binds some structure on cell surfaces associated with PS, such as a component of lipid rafts. The PS-binding agent can bind PS
translocated to the surface of ECs as a result of anoxia, or to PS externalized to the surface of platelets or other cells during their activation. By binding PS on cell surfaces, such an agent can inhibit the attachment to them of other cell types or of some enzymes. An example is the attachment of leukocytes and platelets to ECs during IRI. A second example is the docking and activity of secretory isoforms of PLA2. A third example is the assembly and activity of the prothrombinase complex on PS translocated to the surface of platelets, ECs and other cell types.
Annexins as Agents Binding PS on Cell Surfaces [0061] In some aspects, the PS binding agent is a modified annexin. As used herein, the phrase "modified annexin" refers to any annexin protein that has been modified in such a way that its half-life in a recipient is prolonged. Modified annexin refers to the subject matter disclosed in U.S. Patent Application No. 11/267,837, which is incorporated by reference in its entirety.
translocated to the surface of ECs as a result of anoxia, or to PS externalized to the surface of platelets or other cells during their activation. By binding PS on cell surfaces, such an agent can inhibit the attachment to them of other cell types or of some enzymes. An example is the attachment of leukocytes and platelets to ECs during IRI. A second example is the docking and activity of secretory isoforms of PLA2. A third example is the assembly and activity of the prothrombinase complex on PS translocated to the surface of platelets, ECs and other cell types.
Annexins as Agents Binding PS on Cell Surfaces [0061] In some aspects, the PS binding agent is a modified annexin. As used herein, the phrase "modified annexin" refers to any annexin protein that has been modified in such a way that its half-life in a recipient is prolonged. Modified annexin refers to the subject matter disclosed in U.S. Patent Application No. 11/267,837, which is incorporated by reference in its entirety.
[0062] The clearance rate of proteins from circulation into the urine primarily depends on the molecular weight of the protein. When the clearance rate of a naturally occurring protein is compared with the clearance rate of the same protein conjugated with polyethylene glycols of different chain lengths, effectively increasing their molecular weight, a decrease in renal clearance is demonstrated at about 70 kD, the well-established renal threshold (Knauf et al., J.
Biol. Chem. 1988; 263: 15064). For example, the half-life of annexin V (36 kDa) in the circulation of cynomolgus monkeys was found to be less than 15 minutes (Romisch et al.
Thromb. Res. 1991; 61: 93). The protein passes rapidly from the circulation into the kidneys (Thiagarajan et al., Circulation 1997; 96: 2339). As shown below in Example 3, the terminal half-life of Diannexin (a modified annexin having two annexin proteins attached with a novel linker protein) in the rat was found to be about 5 hours by 125I labeling and 2.5 hours by ELISA. In cynomolgus monkeys the terminal half-life of Diannexin in circulation, assayed by ELISA, was about 5 hours. The use of annexin proteins as therapeutic agents can require in some instances an increase in the molecular weight of the protein to prolong its survival in the circulation and increase its therapeutic efficacy.
Biol. Chem. 1988; 263: 15064). For example, the half-life of annexin V (36 kDa) in the circulation of cynomolgus monkeys was found to be less than 15 minutes (Romisch et al.
Thromb. Res. 1991; 61: 93). The protein passes rapidly from the circulation into the kidneys (Thiagarajan et al., Circulation 1997; 96: 2339). As shown below in Example 3, the terminal half-life of Diannexin (a modified annexin having two annexin proteins attached with a novel linker protein) in the rat was found to be about 5 hours by 125I labeling and 2.5 hours by ELISA. In cynomolgus monkeys the terminal half-life of Diannexin in circulation, assayed by ELISA, was about 5 hours. The use of annexin proteins as therapeutic agents can require in some instances an increase in the molecular weight of the protein to prolong its survival in the circulation and increase its therapeutic efficacy.
[0063] Annexins include proteins of the annexin family, such as Annexin I, Annexin II
(lipocortin 2, calpactin 1, protein I, p36, chromobindin 8), Annexin III
(lipocortin 3, PAP-III), Annexin IV (lipocortin 4, endonexin I, protein II, chromobindin 4), Annexin V
(Lipocortin 5, Endonexin 2, VAC-alpha, Anchorin CII, PAP-I), Annexin VI (Lipocortin 6, Protein III, Chromobindin 20, p68, p70), Annexin VII (Synexin), Annexin VIII (VAC-beta), Annexin XI
(CAP-50), and Annexin XIII (ISA).
(lipocortin 2, calpactin 1, protein I, p36, chromobindin 8), Annexin III
(lipocortin 3, PAP-III), Annexin IV (lipocortin 4, endonexin I, protein II, chromobindin 4), Annexin V
(Lipocortin 5, Endonexin 2, VAC-alpha, Anchorin CII, PAP-I), Annexin VI (Lipocortin 6, Protein III, Chromobindin 20, p68, p70), Annexin VII (Synexin), Annexin VIII (VAC-beta), Annexin XI
(CAP-50), and Annexin XIII (ISA).
[0064] An annexin gene includes all nucleic acid sequences related to a natural annexin gene such as regulatory regions that control production of the annexin protein encoded by the gene (such as, but not limited to, transcription, translation, or post-translation control regions) as well as the coding region itself. An annexin gene in accordance to the disclosure herein includes allelic variants. An allelic variant is a gene that occurs at essentially the same locus in the genome, but which, due to natural variations caused by, for example, mutation or recombination, has a similar but not identical sequence. Allelic variants typically encode proteins having similar activity to that of the protein encoded by the gene to which they are being compared. Allelic variants are well known to those skilled in the art and would be expected to be found within a given human since the genome is diploid and/or among a population comprising two or more humans.
[0065] In more detail, Annexin I is a 37 kDa member of the annexin superfamily of proteins. The protein is predominantly expressed within gelatinase granules of neutrophils and is externalized onto the cell membrane after cell adhesion to endothelial cells.
[0066] Annexin III is also called "lipocortin 3" or "placental anticoagulant protein 3" and is a member of the lipocortin/annexin family. Annexin III binds to phospholipids and membranes in a Ca2+ dependent manner and has been shown to have anticoagulant and anti-phospholipase A2 properties. Suppression of Annexin III expression has been shown to inhibit DNA synthesis in rat hepatocytes (Nimmi, et al., Biol. Pharm. Bull.
2005; 28:424).
2005; 28:424).
[0067] Annexin IV (endonexin) is a 32 kDa, Ca2+-dependent membrane-binding protein which shares many of the properties of Annexin V. The translated amino acid sequence of Annexin IV shows the four domain structure characteristic of proteins in this class. Annexin IV is a close structural homologue of Annexin V and has 45-59% identity with other members of its family, sharing a similar size and exon-intron organization.
The sequence of Annexin IV is shown in Hamman et al., Biochem. Biophys. Res. Comm., 156:660-667.
(1988). Isolated from human placenta, Annexin IV encodes a protein that has in vitro anticoagulant activity, binds acidic phospholipid membranes in the presence of calcium, and inhibits phospholipase A2 activity. Annexin IV is almost exclusively expressed in epithelial cells.
The sequence of Annexin IV is shown in Hamman et al., Biochem. Biophys. Res. Comm., 156:660-667.
(1988). Isolated from human placenta, Annexin IV encodes a protein that has in vitro anticoagulant activity, binds acidic phospholipid membranes in the presence of calcium, and inhibits phospholipase A2 activity. Annexin IV is almost exclusively expressed in epithelial cells.
[0068] Annexin V is a member of the Ca2+-dependent phospholipid-binding proteins. It binds to PS with high affinity. The core domain is a concave discoid structure that can be closely apposed to phospholipid membranes. It contains 4 subdomains, each consisting of a 70 amino-acid annexin repeat made up of five alpha-helices. The sequence of annexin V is well known (See Funakoshi et al., 1987; 26:8087).
[0069] Annexin VIII belongs to the family of Ca 2+ -dependent phospholipid binding proteins (annexins) having high sequence identity to Annexin V(56 Io) (Hauptmann, et al., Eur. J. Biochem. 1989; 185(1):63-71). Initially isolated as a 2.2 kb vascular anticoagulant-beta, annexin VIII is neither an extracellular protein nor associated with the cell surface, and may not play a role in coagulation. Annexin VIII is expressed at low levels in human placenta and shows restricted expression in lung, vascular ECs, skin, liver, and kidney.
[0070] In aspects of the invention, Annexin V homodimers have the capacity to bind externalized PS located on cell surfaces. Similar properties can be predicted for other annexin homodimers, annexin heterodimers, annexin heterotetramers, or annexins coupled to additional non-annexin proteins.
[0071] In some aspects, annexin proteins are modified to increase their half-life in humans or other mammals. In some embodiments, the annexin protein is annexin V, annexin IV or annexin VIII. One suitable modification of annexin is an increase in its effective size, which inhibits loss of the modified annexin, i.e., from the vascular compartment, into the extravascular compartment and urine, thereby prolonging the annexin activity in the vascular compartment. Any increase in effective size of the annexin protein that maintains a sufficient binding affinity with PS is contemplated herein.
[0072] In one embodiment, an annexin protein is coupled to one or more annexin proteins (homodimers, heterodimers, etc.) or to one or more non-annexin proteins.
Modification can be accomplished through a fusion segment, or by the Fc portion of an immunoglobulin. An alternative method for increasing the effective size of proteins is coupling to polyethylene glycol (PEG) or another molecule. For example, coupling by pegylation is achieved by coupling one or more PEG chains to one or more annexin proteins. A PEG chain can have a molecular weight of at least about 10 kDa, or at least about 20 kDa, or at least about 35 kDa.
The annexin is coupled to PEG in such a way that the modified annexin is capable of performing the function of annexin binding to PS on cell surfaces.
Modification can be accomplished through a fusion segment, or by the Fc portion of an immunoglobulin. An alternative method for increasing the effective size of proteins is coupling to polyethylene glycol (PEG) or another molecule. For example, coupling by pegylation is achieved by coupling one or more PEG chains to one or more annexin proteins. A PEG chain can have a molecular weight of at least about 10 kDa, or at least about 20 kDa, or at least about 35 kDa.
The annexin is coupled to PEG in such a way that the modified annexin is capable of performing the function of annexin binding to PS on cell surfaces.
[0073] According to some embodiments, modified annexin proteins and mixtures thereof are used in methods for preparing pharmaceutical compositions intended for use in any of the therapeutic methods of treatments described above.
[0074] In one embodiment, a modified annexin contains a recombinant human annexin protein coupled to PEG in such a way that the modified annexin is capable of performing the function of annexin in a phosphatidylserine (PS)-binding assay. The activity of the intravenously administered annexin-PEG conjugate is prolonged as compared with that of the free or non-modified annexin. The recombinant annexin protein coupled to PEG
can be annexin V protein or another annexin protein. In one embodiment, the annexin protein is annexin V, annexin IV or annexin VIII.
can be annexin V protein or another annexin protein. In one embodiment, the annexin protein is annexin V, annexin IV or annexin VIII.
[0075] PEG consists of repeating units of ethylene oxide that terminate in hydroxyl groups on either end of a linear or, in some cases, branched chain. The size and molecular weight of the coupled PEG chain depend upon the number of ethylene oxide units it contains, which can be selected. Any size of PEG and number of PEG chains per annexin molecule can be used such that the half-life of the modified annexin is increased, relative to annexin, while preserving the function of binding of the modified molecule to PS. The optimal molecular weight of the conjugated PEG varies with the number of PEG chains.
In one embodiment, two PEG molecules of molecular weight of at least about 15 kDa, are each coupled to an annexin molecule. The PEG molecules can be linear or branched.
The Ca2+-dependent binding of annexins to PS is affected not only by the size of the coupled PEG
molecules, but also the sites on the protein to which PEG is bound. Optimal selection ensures that desirable properties are retained. Selection of PEG attachment sites is facilitated by knowledge of the three-dimensional structure of the molecule and by mutational and crystallographic analyses of the interaction of the molecule with phospholipid membranes (Campos et al., Biochemistry 37:8004-8008 (1998), incorporated herein by reference).
In one embodiment, two PEG molecules of molecular weight of at least about 15 kDa, are each coupled to an annexin molecule. The PEG molecules can be linear or branched.
The Ca2+-dependent binding of annexins to PS is affected not only by the size of the coupled PEG
molecules, but also the sites on the protein to which PEG is bound. Optimal selection ensures that desirable properties are retained. Selection of PEG attachment sites is facilitated by knowledge of the three-dimensional structure of the molecule and by mutational and crystallographic analyses of the interaction of the molecule with phospholipid membranes (Campos et al., Biochemistry 37:8004-8008 (1998), incorporated herein by reference).
[0076] PEG derivatives have been widely used in covalent attachment (referred to as pegylation) to proteins to enhance solubility, as well as to reduce immunogenicity, proteolysis, and kidney clearance. The superior clinical efficacy of recombinant products coupled to PEG is well established. For example, PEG-interferon alpha-2a administered once weekly is significantly more effective against hepatitis C virus than three weekly doses of the free interferon (Heathcote et al., N. Engl. J. Med. 343:1673-1680 (2000), incorporated herein by reference). Coupling to PEG has been used to prolong the half-life of recombinant proteins in vivo (Knauf et al., J. Biol. Chem. 266:2796-2804 (1988), incorporated herein by reference), as well as to prevent the enzymatic degradation of recombinant proteins and to decrease the immunogenicity sometimes observed with homologous products (references in Hermanson, Bioconjugate techniques. New York, Academic Press (1996), pp. 173-176, incorporated herein by reference).
[0077] In another embodiment, the modified annexin protein is a polymer of annexin proteins that has an increased effective size. It is believed that the increase in effective size results in prolonged half-life in the vascular compartment and prolonged activity. One such modified annexin is a dimer of annexin proteins. In one embodiment, the dimer of annexin is a homodimer of annexin V, annexin IV or annexin VIII. In another embodiment, the dimer of annexin is a heterodimer of annexin V and other annexin protein (e.g., annexin IV or annexin VIII), annexin IV and another annexin protein (e.g., annexin V or annexin VIII) or annexin VIII and another annexin protein (e.g., annexin V or annexin IV). The annexin homopolymer or heteropolymer can be produced by bioconjugate methods or recombinant methods, and be administered by itself or in a PEG-conjugated form.
[0078] One or more fusion segments can be used to couple one or more annexin proteins, typically referred to as "fusion proteins". A "fusion protein"
refers to a first protein having attached one or more additional proteins. The protein can be fused using recombinant DNA techniques, such that the first and second proteins are expressed in frame.
refers to a first protein having attached one or more additional proteins. The protein can be fused using recombinant DNA techniques, such that the first and second proteins are expressed in frame.
[0079] Inclusion of a fusion sequence as part of a modified annexin nucleic acid molecule can enhance stability during production, storage, and/or use of the protein encoded by the nucleic acid molecule. The fusion segment can be a domain of any size that has the desired function. Fusion segments can be constructed to contain restriction sites to enable cleavage for recovery of desired proteins.
[0080] In some embodiments, the modified annexins have increased affinity for PS. As described in Example 1, a homodimer of human annexin V (DAV) was prepared using well-established methods of recombinant DNA technology. The annexin molecules of the homodimer are joined through peptide bonds to a flexible linker (FIG. 1).
[0081] In other embodiments, the flexible linker contains a sequence of amino acids flanked by a glycine and a serine residue at either end to serve as swivels.
Such swivels allow rotation of each annexin monomer around the long axis of the linker. The linker can comprise one or more such "swivels." In some aspects, the linker comprises 2 swivels which can be separated by at least 2 amino acids, at least 4 amino acids, at least 6 amino acids, at least 8 amino acids, or at least 10 amino acids. The overall length of the linker can be 5 to 30 amino acids, 5 to 20 amino acids, 5 to 10 amino acids, 10 to 15 amino acids, or 10 to 20 amino acids. The dimer can fold in such a way that the convex surfaces of the monomer, which bind Ca2+ and PS, can both gain access to externalized PS. Flexible linkers are known in the art, for example, (GGGGS)(õ) (SEQ ID NO: 24) (n=3-4), as well as helical linkers with less flexibility, (EAAAK)(õ) (SEQ ID NO: 25) (n=2-5), described in Arai, et al., Proteins.
2004 Dec. 1; 57(4):829-38.
Such swivels allow rotation of each annexin monomer around the long axis of the linker. The linker can comprise one or more such "swivels." In some aspects, the linker comprises 2 swivels which can be separated by at least 2 amino acids, at least 4 amino acids, at least 6 amino acids, at least 8 amino acids, or at least 10 amino acids. The overall length of the linker can be 5 to 30 amino acids, 5 to 20 amino acids, 5 to 10 amino acids, 10 to 15 amino acids, or 10 to 20 amino acids. The dimer can fold in such a way that the convex surfaces of the monomer, which bind Ca2+ and PS, can both gain access to externalized PS. Flexible linkers are known in the art, for example, (GGGGS)(õ) (SEQ ID NO: 24) (n=3-4), as well as helical linkers with less flexibility, (EAAAK)(õ) (SEQ ID NO: 25) (n=2-5), described in Arai, et al., Proteins.
2004 Dec. 1; 57(4):829-38.
[0082] An illustrative linker represented by SEQ ID NO: 28 comprises 14 amino acids with a Gly-Ser sequence on both ends. The linker was designed to have no secondary structure and to allow flexibility and rotation around its length. The particular amino acids of the linker were also chosen for their low immunogenicity. Various linker amino acid sequences and lengths are described in U. S. Patent Application Serial No.
11/613,125, filed December 19, 2006 which is incorporated by reference herein in its entirety.
11/613,125, filed December 19, 2006 which is incorporated by reference herein in its entirety.
[0083] In another embodiment, recombinant annexin is expressed with, or chemically coupled to, another protein such as the Fc portion of immunoglobulin. Such expression or coupling increases the effective size of the molecule, preventing the loss of annexin from the vascular compartment and prolonging its anticoagulant action. Fc refers to both native and mutant forms of the Fc region of an antibody that contain one or more of the Fc region's CH
domains, including truncated forms of Fc polypeptides containing the dimerization-promoting hinge region. Fc polypeptides derived from human IgGl antibody are illustrative polypeptides for use in fusion proteins described herein.
domains, including truncated forms of Fc polypeptides containing the dimerization-promoting hinge region. Fc polypeptides derived from human IgGl antibody are illustrative polypeptides for use in fusion proteins described herein.
[0084] In some aspects, an agent binding PS on cell surfaces is an isolated modified annexin protein. The modified annexin protein can contain annexin I, annexin II, annexin IV, annexin V, or annexin VIII. In some embodiments, the protein is modified human annexin.
In some embodiments, the modified annexin contains recombinant human annexin.
The terms "isolated" and "biologically pure" do not necessarily reflect the extent to which the protein has been purified. An isolated or biologically pure protein is a protein that has been removed from its natural environment. Typically, "isolated" refers to a polynucleotide or polypeptide that has been separated from at least one contaminant (polynucleotide or polypeptide) with which it is normally associated. For example, an isolated polynucleotide or polypeptide is in a context or in a form that is different from that in which it is found in nature. An isolated modified annexin protein can be obtained from its natural source, can be produced using recombinant DNA technology, or can be produced by chemical synthesis. As used herein, an isolated modified annexin protein can be a full-length modified protein or any homologue of such a protein. It can also be (e.g., for a pegylated protein) a modified full-length protein or a modified homologue of such a protein.
In some embodiments, the modified annexin contains recombinant human annexin.
The terms "isolated" and "biologically pure" do not necessarily reflect the extent to which the protein has been purified. An isolated or biologically pure protein is a protein that has been removed from its natural environment. Typically, "isolated" refers to a polynucleotide or polypeptide that has been separated from at least one contaminant (polynucleotide or polypeptide) with which it is normally associated. For example, an isolated polynucleotide or polypeptide is in a context or in a form that is different from that in which it is found in nature. An isolated modified annexin protein can be obtained from its natural source, can be produced using recombinant DNA technology, or can be produced by chemical synthesis. As used herein, an isolated modified annexin protein can be a full-length modified protein or any homologue of such a protein. It can also be (e.g., for a pegylated protein) a modified full-length protein or a modified homologue of such a protein.
[0085] The minimal size of a protein homologue is a size sufficient to be encoded by a nucleic acid molecule capable of forming a stable hybrid with the complementary sequence of a nucleic acid molecule encoding the corresponding natural protein. As such, the size of the nucleic acid molecule encoding such a protein homologue is dependent on nucleic acid composition and percent homology between the nucleic acid molecule and complementary sequence as well as upon hybridization conditions per se (e.g., temperature, salt concentration, and formamide concentration). The minimal size of such nucleic acid molecules is typically at least about 12 to about 15 nucleotides in length if the nucleic acid molecules are GC-rich and at least about 15 to about 17 bases in length if they are AT-rich.
As such, the minimal size of a nucleic acid molecule used to encode a protein homologue is from about 12 to about 18 nucleotides in length. There is no limit on the maximal size of such a nucleic acid molecule in that the nucleic acid molecule can include a portion of a gene, an entire gene, or multiple genes or portions thereof. Similarly, the minimal size of an annexin protein homologue or a modified annexin protein homologue is from about 4 to about 6 amino acids in length, with sizes depending on whether a full-length, multivalent (i.e., fusion protein having more than one domain, each of which has a function) protein, or functional portions of such proteins are desired. Annexin and modified annexin homologues as used herein typically have activity corresponding to the natural subunit, such as being able to attenuate or prevent reperfusion injury.
As such, the minimal size of a nucleic acid molecule used to encode a protein homologue is from about 12 to about 18 nucleotides in length. There is no limit on the maximal size of such a nucleic acid molecule in that the nucleic acid molecule can include a portion of a gene, an entire gene, or multiple genes or portions thereof. Similarly, the minimal size of an annexin protein homologue or a modified annexin protein homologue is from about 4 to about 6 amino acids in length, with sizes depending on whether a full-length, multivalent (i.e., fusion protein having more than one domain, each of which has a function) protein, or functional portions of such proteins are desired. Annexin and modified annexin homologues as used herein typically have activity corresponding to the natural subunit, such as being able to attenuate or prevent reperfusion injury.
[0086] Annexin protein and modified annexin homologues can be the result of natural allelic variation or natural mutation. The protein homologues can also be produced using techniques known in the art, including, but not limited to, direct modifications to the protein or modifications to the gene encoding the protein using, for example, classic or recombinant DNA techniques to effect random or targeted mutagenesis.
[0087] Also included in embodiments of the invention are modified annexin protein containing an amino acid sequence that is between at least about 70% and about 100%, for example, at least about 75%, at least about 80%, at least about 85%, at least about 90%, at least about 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or at least about 99%, identical to amino acid sequence SEQ ID NO:3, SEQ ID NO:6, SEQ ID NO:12, SEQ ID NO:15, SEQ ID NO:19, SEQ ID
NO:23 or a protein encoded by an allelic variant of a nucleic acid molecule encoding a protein containing any of these sequences. Also included is a modified annexin protein comprising more than one of SEQ ID NO:3, SEQ ID NO:6, SEQ ID NO: 12, SEQ ID
NO: 15;
SEQ ID NO:19, or SEQ ID NO:23; for example, a protein comprising SEQ ID NO:3 and SEQ ID NO: 12 and separated by a linker. The term "identity" as used herein refers to a comparison between pairs of nucleic acid or amino acid molecules. Methods to determine percent identities between amino acid sequences and between nucleic acid sequences are known to those skilled in the art. Methods to determine percent identities between sequences include computer programs such as the GCG Wisconsin packageTm (available from Accelrys Corporation) which uses the algorithm of Smith and Waterman (Adv.
Appl. Math.
1981, 2:482-489), the DNAsisTm program (available from Hitachi Software, San Bruno, Calif.), the Vector NTI Suite (available from Informax, Inc., North Bethesda, Md.), or the BLAST software available on the NCBI website.
NO:23 or a protein encoded by an allelic variant of a nucleic acid molecule encoding a protein containing any of these sequences. Also included is a modified annexin protein comprising more than one of SEQ ID NO:3, SEQ ID NO:6, SEQ ID NO: 12, SEQ ID
NO: 15;
SEQ ID NO:19, or SEQ ID NO:23; for example, a protein comprising SEQ ID NO:3 and SEQ ID NO: 12 and separated by a linker. The term "identity" as used herein refers to a comparison between pairs of nucleic acid or amino acid molecules. Methods to determine percent identities between amino acid sequences and between nucleic acid sequences are known to those skilled in the art. Methods to determine percent identities between sequences include computer programs such as the GCG Wisconsin packageTm (available from Accelrys Corporation) which uses the algorithm of Smith and Waterman (Adv.
Appl. Math.
1981, 2:482-489), the DNAsisTm program (available from Hitachi Software, San Bruno, Calif.), the Vector NTI Suite (available from Informax, Inc., North Bethesda, Md.), or the BLAST software available on the NCBI website.
[0088] In another embodiment, a modified annexin protein includes an amino acid sequence of at least about 5 amino acids to about the full length protein or about 319 amino acids, for example, at least about 50 amino acids, at least about 100 amino acids, at least about 200 amino acids, at least about 250 amino acids, at least about 275 amino acids, at least about 300 amino acids, or at least about 319 amino acids or the full-length annexin protein, whichever is shorter. In another embodiment, annexin proteins contain full-length proteins, i.e., proteins encoded by full-length coding regions, or post-translationally modified proteins thereof, such as mature proteins from which initiating methionine and/or signal sequences or "pro" sequences have been removed.
[0089] A fragment of a modified annexin protein as used herein can contain at least about amino acids to at least about 100 amino acids, for example, at least about 10 amino acids, at least about 15 amino acids, at least about 20 amino acids, at least about 25 amino acids, at least about 30 amino acids, at least about 35 amino acids, at least about 40 amino acids, at least about 45 amino acids, at least about 50 amino acids, at least about 55 amino acids, at least about 60 amino acids, at least about 65 amino acids, at least about 70 amino acids, at least about 75 amino acids, at least about 80 amino acids, at least about 85 amino acids, at least about 90 amino acids, at least about 95 amino acids, or at least about 100 amino acids in length.
[0090] In one embodiment, an isolated modified annexin protein contains a protein encoded by a nucleic acid molecule having the nucleic acid sequence SEQ ID
NO:4, SEQ ID
NO: 17 or SEQ ID NO:21. Alternatively, the modified annexin protein contains a protein encoded by a nucleic acid molecule having the nucleic acid sequence SEQ ID
NO:1 or by an allelic variant of a nucleic acid molecule having one of these sequences.
Alternatively, the modified annexin protein contains more than one protein sequence encoded by a nucleic acid molecule having the nucleic acid sequence SEQ ID NO: 1, SEQ ID NO: 10, SEQ ID
NO: 13 or by an allelic variant of a nucleic acid molecule having this sequence.
NO:4, SEQ ID
NO: 17 or SEQ ID NO:21. Alternatively, the modified annexin protein contains a protein encoded by a nucleic acid molecule having the nucleic acid sequence SEQ ID
NO:1 or by an allelic variant of a nucleic acid molecule having one of these sequences.
Alternatively, the modified annexin protein contains more than one protein sequence encoded by a nucleic acid molecule having the nucleic acid sequence SEQ ID NO: 1, SEQ ID NO: 10, SEQ ID
NO: 13 or by an allelic variant of a nucleic acid molecule having this sequence.
[0091] In one embodiment, an isolated modified annexin protein contains a protein encoded by a nucleic acid molecule having the nucleic acid sequence SEQ ID NO:
10 or by an allelic variant of a nucleic acid molecule having this sequence.
Alternatively, the modified annexin protein contains more than one protein sequence encoded by a nucleic acid molecule having the nucleic acid sequence SEQ ID NO: 10 or by an allelic variant of a nucleic acid molecule having this sequence (e.g., SEQ ID NO: 12-linker-SEQ ID NO: 12; SEQ
ID
NO: 19).
10 or by an allelic variant of a nucleic acid molecule having this sequence.
Alternatively, the modified annexin protein contains more than one protein sequence encoded by a nucleic acid molecule having the nucleic acid sequence SEQ ID NO: 10 or by an allelic variant of a nucleic acid molecule having this sequence (e.g., SEQ ID NO: 12-linker-SEQ ID NO: 12; SEQ
ID
NO: 19).
[0092] In another embodiment, an isolated modified annexin protein is a modified protein encoded by a nucleic acid molecule having the nucleic acid sequence SEQ ID NO:
13 or by an allelic variant of a nucleic acid molecule having this sequence.
Alternatively, the modified annexin protein contains more than one protein sequence encoded by a nucleic acid molecule having the nucleic acid sequence SEQ ID NO: 13 or by an allelic variant of a nucleic acid molecule having this sequence (e.g., SEQ ID NO: 15--linker--SEQ ID NO: 15; SEQ
ID
NO:23).
13 or by an allelic variant of a nucleic acid molecule having this sequence.
Alternatively, the modified annexin protein contains more than one protein sequence encoded by a nucleic acid molecule having the nucleic acid sequence SEQ ID NO: 13 or by an allelic variant of a nucleic acid molecule having this sequence (e.g., SEQ ID NO: 15--linker--SEQ ID NO: 15; SEQ
ID
NO:23).
[0093] In another embodiment, an isolated modified annexin protein contains a protein encoded by a nucleic acid molecule having the nucleic acid sequence SEQ ID
NO:1 and a protein encoded by a nucleic acid molecule having the nucleic acid sequence SEQ ID NO: 10, or by allelic variants of these nucleic acid molecules (e.g., SEQ ID NO: 3--linker--SEQ ID
NO:12 or SEQ ID NO: 12--linker--SEQ ID NO:3).
NO:1 and a protein encoded by a nucleic acid molecule having the nucleic acid sequence SEQ ID NO: 10, or by allelic variants of these nucleic acid molecules (e.g., SEQ ID NO: 3--linker--SEQ ID
NO:12 or SEQ ID NO: 12--linker--SEQ ID NO:3).
[0094] In another embodiment, an isolated modified annexin protein contains a protein encoded by a nucleic acid molecule having the nucleic acid sequence SEQ ID
NO:1 and a protein encoded by a nucleic acid molecule having the nucleic acid sequence SEQ ID NO: 13, or by allelic variants of these nucleic acid molecules (e.g., SEQ ID NO:3--linker--SEQ ID
NO:15 or SEQ ID NO:15-linker-SEQ ID NO:3).
NO:1 and a protein encoded by a nucleic acid molecule having the nucleic acid sequence SEQ ID NO: 13, or by allelic variants of these nucleic acid molecules (e.g., SEQ ID NO:3--linker--SEQ ID
NO:15 or SEQ ID NO:15-linker-SEQ ID NO:3).
[0095] In another embodiment, an isolated modified annexin protein contains a protein encoded by a nucleic acid molecule having the nucleic acid sequence SEQ ID NO:
10 and a protein encoded by a nucleic acid molecule having the nucleic acid sequence SEQ ID NO: 13, or by allelic variants of these nucleic acid molecules (e.g., SEQ ID NO: 12--linker--SEQ ID
NO:15 or SEQ ID NO:15--linker--SEQ ID NO:12).
10 and a protein encoded by a nucleic acid molecule having the nucleic acid sequence SEQ ID NO: 13, or by allelic variants of these nucleic acid molecules (e.g., SEQ ID NO: 12--linker--SEQ ID
NO:15 or SEQ ID NO:15--linker--SEQ ID NO:12).
[0096] One embodiment includes a non-native modified annexin protein encoded by a nucleic acid molecule that hybridizes under stringent hybridization conditions with an annexin gene. As used herein, stringent hybridization conditions refer to standard hybridization conditions under which nucleic acid molecules, including oligonucleotides, are used to identify molecules having similar nucleic acid sequences. Such standard conditions are disclosed, for example, in Sambrook et al., Molecular Cloning: A
Laboratory Manual, Cold Spring Harbor Labs Press (1989), incorporated herein by reference.
Stringent hybridization conditions typically permit isolation of nucleic acid molecules having at least about 70% nucleic acid sequence identity with the nucleic acid molecule being used to probe in the hybridization reaction. Formulae to calculate the appropriate hybridization and wash conditions to achieve hybridization permitting 30% or less mismatch of nucleotides are disclosed, for example, in Meinkoth et al., Anal. Biochem. 138:267-284 (1984), incorporated herein by reference. In some embodiments, hybridization conditions will permit isolation of nucleic acid molecules having at least about 80% nucleic acid sequence identity with the nucleic acid molecule being used to probe. In other embodiments, hybridization conditions will permit isolation of nucleic acid molecules having at least about 90%
nucleic acid sequence identity with the nucleic acid molecule being used to probe. In still other embodiments, hybridization conditions will permit isolation of nucleic acid molecules having at least about 95% nucleic acid sequence identity with the nucleic acid molecule being used to probe.
Laboratory Manual, Cold Spring Harbor Labs Press (1989), incorporated herein by reference.
Stringent hybridization conditions typically permit isolation of nucleic acid molecules having at least about 70% nucleic acid sequence identity with the nucleic acid molecule being used to probe in the hybridization reaction. Formulae to calculate the appropriate hybridization and wash conditions to achieve hybridization permitting 30% or less mismatch of nucleotides are disclosed, for example, in Meinkoth et al., Anal. Biochem. 138:267-284 (1984), incorporated herein by reference. In some embodiments, hybridization conditions will permit isolation of nucleic acid molecules having at least about 80% nucleic acid sequence identity with the nucleic acid molecule being used to probe. In other embodiments, hybridization conditions will permit isolation of nucleic acid molecules having at least about 90%
nucleic acid sequence identity with the nucleic acid molecule being used to probe. In still other embodiments, hybridization conditions will permit isolation of nucleic acid molecules having at least about 95% nucleic acid sequence identity with the nucleic acid molecule being used to probe.
[0097] A modified annexin protein includes a protein encoded by a nucleic acid molecule that is at least about 50 nucleotides and that hybridizes under conditions that allow about 20%
base pair mismatch, or under conditions that allow about 15% base pair mismatch, or under conditions that allow about 10% base pair mismatch, or under conditions that allow about 5%
base pair mismatch, or under conditions that allow about 2% base pair mismatch with a nucleic acid molecule selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1, SEQ
ID NO:4, SEQ ID NO:10, SEQ ID NO:13, SEQ ID NO:17, SEQ ID NO:21, or a complement of any of these nucleic acid molecules.
base pair mismatch, or under conditions that allow about 15% base pair mismatch, or under conditions that allow about 10% base pair mismatch, or under conditions that allow about 5%
base pair mismatch, or under conditions that allow about 2% base pair mismatch with a nucleic acid molecule selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1, SEQ
ID NO:4, SEQ ID NO:10, SEQ ID NO:13, SEQ ID NO:17, SEQ ID NO:21, or a complement of any of these nucleic acid molecules.
[0098] As used herein, an annexin gene includes all nucleic acid sequences related to a natural annexin gene such as regulatory regions that control production of the annexin protein encoded by that gene (such as, but not limited to, transcription, translation or post-translation control regions) as well as the coding region itself. In one embodiment, an annexin gene includes the nucleic acid sequence SEQ ID NO: 1. In another embodiment, an annexin gene includes the nucleic acid sequence SEQ ID NO: 10. In another embodiment, an annexin gene includes the nucleic acid sequence SEQ ID NO: 13. In another embodiment, an annexin gene includes the nucleic acid sequence SEQ ID NO: 17. In another embodiment, an annexin gene includes the nucleic acid sequence SEQ ID NO:21. It should be noted that since nucleic acid sequencing technology is not entirely error-free, SEQ ID NO:1 (as well as other sequences presented herein), at best, represents an apparent nucleic acid sequence of the nucleic acid molecule encoding an annexin protein.
[0099] In another embodiment, an annexin gene can be an allelic variant that includes a similar but not identical sequence to SEQ ID NO: 1. In another embodiment, an annexin gene can be an allelic variant that includes a similar but not identical sequence to SEQ ID NO: 10.
In another embodiment, an annexin gene can be an allelic variant that includes a similar but not identical sequence to SEQ ID NO: 13. In another embodiment, an annexin gene can be an allelic variant that includes a similar but not identical sequence to SEQ ID
NO: 17. In another embodiment, an annexin gene can be an allelic variant that includes a similar but not identical sequence to SEQ ID NO:21. An allelic variant of an annexin gene including SEQ
ID NO:1 is a gene that occurs at essentially the same locus (or loci) in the genome as the gene including SEQ ID NO: 1, but which, due to natural variations caused by, for example, mutation or recombination, has a similar but not identical sequence. Allelic variants typically encode proteins having similar activity to that of the protein encoded by the gene to which they are being compared. Allelic variants can also comprise alterations in the 5' or 3' untranslated regions of the gene (e.g., in regulatory control regions). Allelic variants are well known to those skilled in the art and would be expected to be found within a given human since the genome is diploid and/or among a population comprising two or more humans.
In another embodiment, an annexin gene can be an allelic variant that includes a similar but not identical sequence to SEQ ID NO: 13. In another embodiment, an annexin gene can be an allelic variant that includes a similar but not identical sequence to SEQ ID
NO: 17. In another embodiment, an annexin gene can be an allelic variant that includes a similar but not identical sequence to SEQ ID NO:21. An allelic variant of an annexin gene including SEQ
ID NO:1 is a gene that occurs at essentially the same locus (or loci) in the genome as the gene including SEQ ID NO: 1, but which, due to natural variations caused by, for example, mutation or recombination, has a similar but not identical sequence. Allelic variants typically encode proteins having similar activity to that of the protein encoded by the gene to which they are being compared. Allelic variants can also comprise alterations in the 5' or 3' untranslated regions of the gene (e.g., in regulatory control regions). Allelic variants are well known to those skilled in the art and would be expected to be found within a given human since the genome is diploid and/or among a population comprising two or more humans.
[00100] An isolated annexin protein (from which a modified annexin is prepared) can be obtained from its natural source, can be produced using recombinant DNA
technology, or can be produced by chemical synthesis. As used herein, an isolated modified annexin protein can contain a full-length protein or any homologue of such a protein. Examples of annexin and modified annexin homologues include annexin and modified annexin proteins in which amino acids have been deleted (e.g., a truncated version of the protein, such as a peptide or by a protein splicing reaction when an intron has been removed or two exons are joined), inserted, inverted, substituted and/or derivatized (e.g., by glycosylation, phosphorylation, acetylation, methylation, myristylation, prenylation, palmitoylation, amidation and/or addition of glycerophosphatidyl inositol) such that the homologue includes at least one epitope capable of eliciting an immune response against an annexin protein.
That is, when the homologue is administered to an animal as an immunogen, using techniques known to those skilled in the art, the animal will produce a humoral and/or cellular immune response against at least one epitope of an annexin protein. Annexin and modified annexin homologues can also be identified by their ability to selectively bind to immune serum.
Methods to measure such activities are disclosed herein. Annexin and modified annexin homologues also include those proteins that are capable of performing the function of native annexin in a functional assay; that is, are capable of binding to phosphatidylserine or capable of inhibiting binding or interaction of other PS binding molecules with PS.
technology, or can be produced by chemical synthesis. As used herein, an isolated modified annexin protein can contain a full-length protein or any homologue of such a protein. Examples of annexin and modified annexin homologues include annexin and modified annexin proteins in which amino acids have been deleted (e.g., a truncated version of the protein, such as a peptide or by a protein splicing reaction when an intron has been removed or two exons are joined), inserted, inverted, substituted and/or derivatized (e.g., by glycosylation, phosphorylation, acetylation, methylation, myristylation, prenylation, palmitoylation, amidation and/or addition of glycerophosphatidyl inositol) such that the homologue includes at least one epitope capable of eliciting an immune response against an annexin protein.
That is, when the homologue is administered to an animal as an immunogen, using techniques known to those skilled in the art, the animal will produce a humoral and/or cellular immune response against at least one epitope of an annexin protein. Annexin and modified annexin homologues can also be identified by their ability to selectively bind to immune serum.
Methods to measure such activities are disclosed herein. Annexin and modified annexin homologues also include those proteins that are capable of performing the function of native annexin in a functional assay; that is, are capable of binding to phosphatidylserine or capable of inhibiting binding or interaction of other PS binding molecules with PS.
[00101] A modified annexin protein may be identified by its ability to perform the function of an annexin protein in a functional assay. The phrase "capable of performing the function of that in a functional assay" means that the protein or modified protein has at least about 10% of the activity of the natural protein in the functional assay. In other embodiments, it has at least about 20% of the activity of the natural protein in the functional assay. In other embodiments, it has at least about 30% of the activity of the natural protein in the functional assay. In other embodiments, it has at least about 40% of the activity of the natural protein in the functional assay. In other embodiments, it has at least about 50% of the activity of the natural protein in the functional assay. In other embodiments, the protein or modified protein has at least about 60% of the activity of the natural protein in the functional assay. In still other embodiments, the protein or modified protein has at least about 70% of the activity of the natural protein in the functional assay. In yet other embodiments, the protein or modified protein has at least about 80% of the activity of the natural protein in the functional assay. In other embodiments, the protein or modified protein has at least about 90% of the activity of the natural protein in the functional assay. Examples of functional assays are described herein.
[00102] An isolated protein can be produced in a variety of ways, including recombinant expression and recovery of annexin protein from a bacterium. One embodiment provides a method to produce an isolated modified annexin protein using recombinant DNA
technology.
Such a method includes the steps of (a) culturing a recombinant cell containing a nucleic acid molecule encoding a modified annexin protein to produce the protein and (b) recovering the protein therefrom. Details on producing recombinant cells and culturing thereof are presented below. The phrase "recovering the protein" refers simply to collecting the whole fermentation medium containing the protein and need not imply additional steps of separation or purification. Proteins can be purified using a variety of standard protein purification techniques.
technology.
Such a method includes the steps of (a) culturing a recombinant cell containing a nucleic acid molecule encoding a modified annexin protein to produce the protein and (b) recovering the protein therefrom. Details on producing recombinant cells and culturing thereof are presented below. The phrase "recovering the protein" refers simply to collecting the whole fermentation medium containing the protein and need not imply additional steps of separation or purification. Proteins can be purified using a variety of standard protein purification techniques.
[00103] Isolated proteins can be retrieved in "substantially pure" form. As used herein, "substantially pure" refers to a purity that allows for the effective use of the protein in a functional assay.
[00104] Another embodiment provides an isolated nucleic acid molecule capable of hybridizing under stringent conditions with a gene encoding a modified annexin protein such as a homodimer of annexin V, a homodimer of annexin IV, a homodimer of annexin VIII, a heterodimer of annexin V and annexin VIII, a heterodimer of annexin V and annexin IV or a heterodimer of annexin IV and annexin VIII. Such a nucleic acid molecule is also referred to herein as a modified annexin nucleic acid molecule. Included is an isolated nucleic acid molecule that hybridizes under stringent conditions with a modified annexin gene. The characteristics of such genes are disclosed herein. As used herein, an isolated nucleic acid molecule is a nucleic acid molecule that has been removed from its natural milieu (i.e., that has been subject to human manipulation). As such, "isolated" does not reflect the extent to which the nucleic acid molecule has been purified. An isolated nucleic acid molecule can include DNA, RNA, or derivatives of either DNA or RNA.
[00105] As stated above, a modified annexin gene includes all nucleic acid sequences related to a natural annexin gene, such as regulatory regions that control production of an annexin protein encoded by that gene (such as, but not limited to, transcriptional, translational, or post-translational control regions) as well as the coding region itself. A
nucleic acid molecule can be an isolated modified annexin nucleic acid molecule or a homologue thereof. A nucleic acid molecule can include one or more regulatory regions, full-length or partial coding regions, or combinations thereof. The minimal size of a modified annexin nucleic acid molecule is the minimal size capable of forming a stable hybrid under stringent hybridization conditions with a corresponding natural gene. Annexin nucleic acid molecules can also include a nucleic acid molecule encoding a hybrid protein, a fusion protein, a multivalent protein or a truncation fragment.
nucleic acid molecule can be an isolated modified annexin nucleic acid molecule or a homologue thereof. A nucleic acid molecule can include one or more regulatory regions, full-length or partial coding regions, or combinations thereof. The minimal size of a modified annexin nucleic acid molecule is the minimal size capable of forming a stable hybrid under stringent hybridization conditions with a corresponding natural gene. Annexin nucleic acid molecules can also include a nucleic acid molecule encoding a hybrid protein, a fusion protein, a multivalent protein or a truncation fragment.
[00106] An isolated nucleic acid molecule can be obtained from its natural source either as an entire (i.e., complete) gene or a portion thereof capable of forming a stable hybrid with that gene. As used herein, the phrase "at least a portion of" an entity refers to an amount of the entity that is at least sufficient to have the functional aspects of that entity. For example, at least a portion of a nucleic acid sequence, as used herein, is an amount of a nucleic acid sequence capable of forming a stable hybrid with the corresponding gene under stringent hybridization conditions.
[00107] An isolated nucleic acid molecule can also be produced using recombinant DNA
technology (e.g., polymerase chain reaction (PCR) amplification, cloning, etc.) or chemical synthesis. Isolated modified annexin nucleic acid molecules include natural nucleic acid molecules and homologues thereof, including, but not limited to, natural allelic variants and modified nucleic acid molecules in which nucleotides have been inserted, deleted, substituted, and/or inverted in such a manner that such modifications do not substantially interfere with the ability of the nucleic acid molecule to encode an annexin protein or to form stable hybrids under stringent conditions with natural nucleic acid molecule isolates.
technology (e.g., polymerase chain reaction (PCR) amplification, cloning, etc.) or chemical synthesis. Isolated modified annexin nucleic acid molecules include natural nucleic acid molecules and homologues thereof, including, but not limited to, natural allelic variants and modified nucleic acid molecules in which nucleotides have been inserted, deleted, substituted, and/or inverted in such a manner that such modifications do not substantially interfere with the ability of the nucleic acid molecule to encode an annexin protein or to form stable hybrids under stringent conditions with natural nucleic acid molecule isolates.
[00108] A modified annexin nucleic acid molecule homologue can be produced using a number of methods known to those skilled in the art (see, e.g., Sambrook et al., 1989). For example, nucleic acid molecules can be modified using a variety of techniques including, but not limited to, classic mutagenesis techniques and recombinant DNA techniques, such as site-directed mutagenesis, chemical treatment of a nucleic acid molecule to induce mutations, restriction enzyme cleavage of a nucleic acid fragment, ligation of nucleic acid fragments, polymerase chain reaction (PCR) amplification and/or mutagenesis of selected regions of a nucleic acid sequence, synthesis of oligonucleotide mixtures, and ligation of mixture groups to "build" a mixture of nucleic acid molecules and combinations thereof.
Nucleic acid molecule homologues can be selected from a mixture of modified nucleic acids by screening for the function of the protein encoded by the nucleic acid (e.g., the ability of a homologue to elicit an immune response against an annexin protein and/or to function in a clotting assay, or other functional assay), and/or by hybridization with isolated annexin-encoding nucleic acids under stringent conditions.
Nucleic acid molecule homologues can be selected from a mixture of modified nucleic acids by screening for the function of the protein encoded by the nucleic acid (e.g., the ability of a homologue to elicit an immune response against an annexin protein and/or to function in a clotting assay, or other functional assay), and/or by hybridization with isolated annexin-encoding nucleic acids under stringent conditions.
[00109] An isolated modified annexin nucleic acid molecule can include a nucleic acid sequence that encodes at least one modified annexin protein, examples of such proteins being disclosed herein. Although the phrase "nucleic acid molecule" primarily refers to the physical nucleic acid molecule and the phrase "nucleic acid sequence"
primarily refers to the sequence of nucleotides on the nucleic acid molecule, the two phrases can be used interchangeably, especially with respect to a nucleic acid molecule, or a nucleic acid sequence, being capable of encoding a modified annexin protein.
primarily refers to the sequence of nucleotides on the nucleic acid molecule, the two phrases can be used interchangeably, especially with respect to a nucleic acid molecule, or a nucleic acid sequence, being capable of encoding a modified annexin protein.
[00110] One embodiment provides a modified annexin nucleic acid molecule that is capable of hybridizing under stringent conditions to a nucleic acid strand that encodes at least a portion of a modified annexin protein or a homologue thereof or to the complement of such a nucleic acid strand. A nucleic acid sequence complement of any nucleic acid sequence refers to the nucleic acid sequence of the nucleic acid strand that is complementary to (i.e., can form a complete double helix with) the strand for which the sequence is cited. It is to be noted that a double-stranded nucleic acid molecule for which a nucleic acid sequence has been determined for one strand and represented by a SEQ ID NO, also comprises a complementary strand having a sequence that is a complement of that SEQ ID NO.
As such, nucleic acid molecules can be either double-stranded or single-stranded and include those nucleic acid molecules that form stable hybrids under stringent hybridization conditions with either a given SEQ ID NO denoted herein and/or with the complement of that SEQ
ID NO, which may or may not be denoted herein. Methods to deduce a complementary sequence are known to those skilled in the art. Included is a modified annexin nucleic acid molecule that includes a nucleic acid sequence having at least about 65 percent to about 99%
homology, for example, at least about 70 percent, at least about 75 percent, at least about 80 percent, at least about 85 percent, at least about 90 percent, or at least about 95 percent homology with the corresponding region(s) of the nucleic acid sequence encoding at least a portion of a modified annexin protein. Included is a modified annexin nucleic acid molecule capable of encoding a homodimer of an annexin protein or homologue thereof.
As such, nucleic acid molecules can be either double-stranded or single-stranded and include those nucleic acid molecules that form stable hybrids under stringent hybridization conditions with either a given SEQ ID NO denoted herein and/or with the complement of that SEQ
ID NO, which may or may not be denoted herein. Methods to deduce a complementary sequence are known to those skilled in the art. Included is a modified annexin nucleic acid molecule that includes a nucleic acid sequence having at least about 65 percent to about 99%
homology, for example, at least about 70 percent, at least about 75 percent, at least about 80 percent, at least about 85 percent, at least about 90 percent, or at least about 95 percent homology with the corresponding region(s) of the nucleic acid sequence encoding at least a portion of a modified annexin protein. Included is a modified annexin nucleic acid molecule capable of encoding a homodimer of an annexin protein or homologue thereof.
[00111] Annexin nucleic acid molecules include SEQ ID NO:4 and allelic variants of SEQ
ID NO:4, SEQ ID NO:1 and an allelic variants of SEQ ID NO:1, SEQ ID NO:10 and an allelic variants of SEQ ID NO: 10; SEQ ID NO: 13 and an allelic variants of SEQ ID NO: 13;
SEQ ID NO: 17 and an allelic variants of SEQ ID NO: 17; and SEQ ID NO:21 and an allelic variants of SEQ ID NO:21.
ID NO:4, SEQ ID NO:1 and an allelic variants of SEQ ID NO:1, SEQ ID NO:10 and an allelic variants of SEQ ID NO: 10; SEQ ID NO: 13 and an allelic variants of SEQ ID NO: 13;
SEQ ID NO: 17 and an allelic variants of SEQ ID NO: 17; and SEQ ID NO:21 and an allelic variants of SEQ ID NO:21.
[00112] Knowing a nucleic acid molecule of a modified annexin protein described herein allows one skilled in the art to make copies of that nucleic acid molecule as well as to obtain a nucleic acid molecule including additional portions of annexin protein-encoding genes (e.g., nucleic acid molecules that include the translation start site and/or transcription and/or translation control regions), and/or annexin nucleic acid molecule homologues.
Knowing a portion of an amino acid sequence of an annexin protein allows one skilled in the art to clone nucleic acid sequences encoding such an annexin protein. In addition, a desired modified annexin nucleic acid molecule can be obtained in a variety of ways including screening appropriate expression libraries with antibodies that bind to annexin proteins; traditional cloning techniques using oligonucleotide probes to screen appropriate libraries or DNA; and PCR amplification of appropriate libraries, or RNA or DNA using oligonucleotide primers (genomic and/or cDNA libraries can be used).
Knowing a portion of an amino acid sequence of an annexin protein allows one skilled in the art to clone nucleic acid sequences encoding such an annexin protein. In addition, a desired modified annexin nucleic acid molecule can be obtained in a variety of ways including screening appropriate expression libraries with antibodies that bind to annexin proteins; traditional cloning techniques using oligonucleotide probes to screen appropriate libraries or DNA; and PCR amplification of appropriate libraries, or RNA or DNA using oligonucleotide primers (genomic and/or cDNA libraries can be used).
[00113] Also included herein are nucleic acid molecules that are oligonucleotides capable of hybridizing, under stringent conditions, with complementary regions of other, typically longer, nucleic acid molecules that encode at least a portion of a modified annexin protein.
Oligonucleotides can be RNA, DNA, or derivatives of either. The minimal size of such oligonucleotides is the size required to form a stable hybrid between a given oligonucleotide and the complementary sequence on another nucleic acid molecule. Minimal size characteristics are disclosed herein. The size of the oligonucleotide must also be sufficient for the use of the oligonucleotide in accordance with the methods provided herein.
Oligonucleotides can be used in a variety of applications including, but not limited to, as probes to identify additional nucleic acid molecules, as primers to amplify or extend nucleic acid molecules or in therapeutic applications to modulate modified annexin production. Such therapeutic applications include the use of such oligonucleotides in, for example, antisense-, triplex formation-, ribozyme- and/or RNA drug-based technologies. Therefore, included herein are such oligonucleotides and methods to modulate the production of modified annexin proteins by use of one or more of such technologies.
Oligonucleotides can be RNA, DNA, or derivatives of either. The minimal size of such oligonucleotides is the size required to form a stable hybrid between a given oligonucleotide and the complementary sequence on another nucleic acid molecule. Minimal size characteristics are disclosed herein. The size of the oligonucleotide must also be sufficient for the use of the oligonucleotide in accordance with the methods provided herein.
Oligonucleotides can be used in a variety of applications including, but not limited to, as probes to identify additional nucleic acid molecules, as primers to amplify or extend nucleic acid molecules or in therapeutic applications to modulate modified annexin production. Such therapeutic applications include the use of such oligonucleotides in, for example, antisense-, triplex formation-, ribozyme- and/or RNA drug-based technologies. Therefore, included herein are such oligonucleotides and methods to modulate the production of modified annexin proteins by use of one or more of such technologies.
[00114] Also provided herein is a recombinant vector, including a modified annexin nucleic acid molecule inserted into any vector capable of delivering the nucleic acid molecule into a host cell. Such a vector contains heterologous nucleic acid sequences, that is, nucleic acid sequences that are not naturally found adjacent to modified annexin nucleic acid molecules. The vector can be either RNA or DNA, either prokaryotic or eukaryotic, and typically is a virus or a plasmid. Recombinant vectors can be used in the cloning, sequencing, and/or otherwise manipulating of modified annexin nucleic acid molecules provided herein. One type of recombinant vector, herein referred to as a recombinant molecule and described in more detail below, can be used in the expression of nucleic acid molecules. Some recombinant vectors are capable of replicating in the transformed cell.
Nucleic acid molecules to include in recombinant vectors are disclosed herein.
Nucleic acid molecules to include in recombinant vectors are disclosed herein.
[00115] One embodiment provided herein is a method to produce a modified annexin protein by culturing a cell capable of expressing the protein under conditions effective to produce the protein, and recovering the protein. In an alternative embodiment, the method includes producing an annexin protein by culturing a cell capable of expressing the protein under conditions effective to produce the annexin protein, recovering the protein, and modifying the protein by coupling it to an agent that increases its effective size.
[00116] In another embodiment, the cell to culture is a natural bacterial cell, and modified annexin is isolated from these cells. In still another embodiment, a cell to culture is a recombinant cell that is capable of expressing the modified annexin protein, the recombinant cell being produced by transforming a host cell with one or more nucleic acid molecules.
Transformation of a nucleic acid molecule into a cell can be accomplished by any method by which a nucleic acid molecule can be inserted into the cell. Transformation techniques include, but are not limited to, transfection, electroporation, microinjection, lipofection, adsorption, and protoplast fusion. A recombinant cell may remain unicellular or may grow into a tissue, organ or a multicellular organism. Transformed nucleic acid molecules can remain extrachromosomal or can integrate into one or more sites within a chromosome of the transformed (i.e., recombinant) cell in such a manner that their ability to be expressed is retained. Nucleic acid molecules with which to transform a host cell are disclosed herein.
Transformation of a nucleic acid molecule into a cell can be accomplished by any method by which a nucleic acid molecule can be inserted into the cell. Transformation techniques include, but are not limited to, transfection, electroporation, microinjection, lipofection, adsorption, and protoplast fusion. A recombinant cell may remain unicellular or may grow into a tissue, organ or a multicellular organism. Transformed nucleic acid molecules can remain extrachromosomal or can integrate into one or more sites within a chromosome of the transformed (i.e., recombinant) cell in such a manner that their ability to be expressed is retained. Nucleic acid molecules with which to transform a host cell are disclosed herein.
[00117] Suitable host cells to transform include any cell that can be transformed and that can express the introduced modified annexin protein. Such cells are, therefore, capable of producing modified annexin proteins after being transformed with at least one nucleic acid molecule. Host cells can be either untransformed cells or cells that are already transformed with at least one nucleic acid molecule. Suitable host cells can include bacterial, fungal (including yeast), insect, animal, and plant cells. Host cells include bacterial cells, with E.
Coli cells being particularly useful. Alternative host cells are untransformed (wild-type) bacterial cells producing cognate modified annexin proteins, including attenuated strains with reduced pathogenicity, as appropriate.
Coli cells being particularly useful. Alternative host cells are untransformed (wild-type) bacterial cells producing cognate modified annexin proteins, including attenuated strains with reduced pathogenicity, as appropriate.
[00118] A recombinant cell can be produced by transforming a host cell with one or more recombinant molecules, each comprising one or more nucleic acid molecules operatively linked to an expression vector containing one or more transcription control sequences. The phrase "operatively linked" refers to insertion of a nucleic acid molecule into an expression vector in a manner such that the molecule is able to be expressed when transformed into a host cell. As used herein, an expression vector is a DNA or RNA vector that is capable of transforming a host cell and of effecting expression of a specified nucleic acid molecule. The expression vector is also capable of replicating within the host cell.
Expression vectors can be either prokaryotic or eukaryotic, and are typically viruses or plasmids.
Expression vectors include any vectors that function (i.e., direct gene expression) in recombinant cells, including in bacterial, fungal, insect, animal, and/or plant cells. As such, nucleic acid molecules can be operatively linked to expression vectors containing regulatory sequences such as promoters, operators, repressors, enhancers, termination sequences, origins of replication, and other regulatory sequences that are compatible with the recombinant cell and that control the expression of nucleic acid molecules. As used herein, a transcription control sequence includes a sequence that is capable of controlling the initiation, elongation, and termination of transcription. Particularly important transcription control sequences are those that control transcription initiation, such as promoter, enhancer, operator and repressor sequences.
Suitable transcription control sequences include any transcription control sequence that can function in at least one of the recombinant cells. A variety of such transcription control sequences are known to the art. Transcription control sequences include those which function in bacterial, yeast, insect and mammalian cells, such as, but not limited to, tac, lac, tzp, trc, oxy-pro, omp/lpp, rrnB, bacteriophage lambda (k) (such as kpL and kpR and fusions that include such promoters), bacteriophage T7, T71ac, bacteriophage T3, bacteriophage SP6, bacteriophage SP01, metallothionein, alpha mating factor, Pichia alcohol oxidase, alphavirus subgenomic promoters (such as Sindbis virus subgenomic promoters), baculovirus, Heliothis zea insect virus, vaccinia virus, herpesvirus, poxvirus, adenovirus, simian virus 40, retrovirus actin, retroviral long terminal repeat, Rous sarcoma virus, heat shock, phosphate and nitrate transcription control sequences as well as other sequences capable of controlling gene expression in prokaryotic or eukaryotic cells. Additional suitable transcription control sequences include tissue-specific promoters and enhancers as well as lymphokine-inducible promoters (e.g., promoters inducible by interferons or interleukins).
Transcription control sequences can also include naturally occurring transcription control sequences naturally associated with a DNA sequence encoding an annexin protein. One transcription control sequence is the Kozak strong promotor and initiation sequence.
Expression vectors can be either prokaryotic or eukaryotic, and are typically viruses or plasmids.
Expression vectors include any vectors that function (i.e., direct gene expression) in recombinant cells, including in bacterial, fungal, insect, animal, and/or plant cells. As such, nucleic acid molecules can be operatively linked to expression vectors containing regulatory sequences such as promoters, operators, repressors, enhancers, termination sequences, origins of replication, and other regulatory sequences that are compatible with the recombinant cell and that control the expression of nucleic acid molecules. As used herein, a transcription control sequence includes a sequence that is capable of controlling the initiation, elongation, and termination of transcription. Particularly important transcription control sequences are those that control transcription initiation, such as promoter, enhancer, operator and repressor sequences.
Suitable transcription control sequences include any transcription control sequence that can function in at least one of the recombinant cells. A variety of such transcription control sequences are known to the art. Transcription control sequences include those which function in bacterial, yeast, insect and mammalian cells, such as, but not limited to, tac, lac, tzp, trc, oxy-pro, omp/lpp, rrnB, bacteriophage lambda (k) (such as kpL and kpR and fusions that include such promoters), bacteriophage T7, T71ac, bacteriophage T3, bacteriophage SP6, bacteriophage SP01, metallothionein, alpha mating factor, Pichia alcohol oxidase, alphavirus subgenomic promoters (such as Sindbis virus subgenomic promoters), baculovirus, Heliothis zea insect virus, vaccinia virus, herpesvirus, poxvirus, adenovirus, simian virus 40, retrovirus actin, retroviral long terminal repeat, Rous sarcoma virus, heat shock, phosphate and nitrate transcription control sequences as well as other sequences capable of controlling gene expression in prokaryotic or eukaryotic cells. Additional suitable transcription control sequences include tissue-specific promoters and enhancers as well as lymphokine-inducible promoters (e.g., promoters inducible by interferons or interleukins).
Transcription control sequences can also include naturally occurring transcription control sequences naturally associated with a DNA sequence encoding an annexin protein. One transcription control sequence is the Kozak strong promotor and initiation sequence.
[00119] Expression vectors may also contain secretory signals (i.e., signal segment nucleic acid sequences) to enable an expressed annexin protein to be secreted from the cell that produces the protein. Suitable signal segments include an annexin protein signal segment or any heterologous signal segment capable of directing the secretion of an annexin protein, including fusion proteins. Signal segments include, but are not limited to, tissue plasminogen activator (t-PA), interferon, interleukin, growth hormone, histocompatibility and viral envelope glycoprotein signal segments.
[00120] Expression vectors can also contain fusion sequences which lead to the expression of inserted nucleic acid molecules as fusion proteins. Inclusion of a fusion sequence as part of a modified annexin nucleic acid molecule can enhance the stability during production, storage and/or use of the protein encoded by the nucleic acid molecule.
Furthermore, a fusion segment can function as a tool to simplify purification of a modified annexin protein, such as to enable purification of the resultant fusion protein using affinity chromatography.
One fusion segment that can be used for protein purification is the 8-amino acid peptide sequence asp-tyr-lys-asp-asp-asp-asp-lys (SEQ ID NO:9).
Furthermore, a fusion segment can function as a tool to simplify purification of a modified annexin protein, such as to enable purification of the resultant fusion protein using affinity chromatography.
One fusion segment that can be used for protein purification is the 8-amino acid peptide sequence asp-tyr-lys-asp-asp-asp-asp-lys (SEQ ID NO:9).
[00121] A suitable fusion segment can be a domain of any size that has the desired function (e.g., increased stability and/or purification tool). One or more fusion segments can be used to join annexin proteins. Fusion segments can be joined to amino and/or carboxyl termini of an annexin protein. Another type of fusion protein is a fusion protein wherein the fusion segment connects two or more annexin proteins or modified annexin proteins.
Linkages between fusion segments and annexin proteins can be constructed to be susceptible to cleavage to enable straightforward recovery of the annexin or modified annexin proteins.
Fusion proteins can be produced by culturing a recombinant cell transformed with a fusion nucleic acid sequence that encodes a protein including the fusion segment attached to either the carboxyl and/or amino terminal end of an annexin protein.
Linkages between fusion segments and annexin proteins can be constructed to be susceptible to cleavage to enable straightforward recovery of the annexin or modified annexin proteins.
Fusion proteins can be produced by culturing a recombinant cell transformed with a fusion nucleic acid sequence that encodes a protein including the fusion segment attached to either the carboxyl and/or amino terminal end of an annexin protein.
[00122] A recombinant molecule can include at least one of any nucleic acid molecule heretofore described operatively linked to at least one of any transcription control sequence capable of effectively regulating expression of the nucleic acid molecules in the cell to be transformed. A recombinant molecule includes one or more nucleic acid molecules including those that encode one or more modified annexin proteins. Recombinant molecules and their production are described in the Examples section. Similarly, a recombinant cell includes one or more nucleic acid molecules encoding one or more annexin proteins.
Recombinant cells include those disclosed in the Examples section.
Recombinant cells include those disclosed in the Examples section.
[00123] It may be appreciated by one skilled in the art that use of recombinant DNA
technologies can improve expression of transformed nucleic acid molecules by manipulating, for example, the number of copies of the nucleic acid molecules within a host cell, the efficiency with which those nucleic acid molecules are transcribed, the efficiency with which the resultant transcripts are translated, and the efficiency of post-translational modifications.
Recombinant techniques useful for increasing the expression of nucleic acid molecules include, but are not limited to, operatively linking nucleic acid molecules to high-copy number plasmids, integration of the nucleic acid molecules into one or more host cell chromosomes, addition of vector stability sequences to plasmids, substitutions or modifications of transcription control signals (e.g., promoters, operators, enhancers), substitutions or modifications of translational control signals (e.g., ribosome binding sites, Shine-Dalgarno sequences), modification of nucleic acid molecules to correspond to the codon usage of the host cell, deletion of sequences that destabilize transcripts, and use of control signals that temporally separate recombinant cell growth from recombinant protein production during fermentation. The activity of an expressed recombinant protein may be improved by fragmenting, modifying, or derivatizing the resultant protein.
technologies can improve expression of transformed nucleic acid molecules by manipulating, for example, the number of copies of the nucleic acid molecules within a host cell, the efficiency with which those nucleic acid molecules are transcribed, the efficiency with which the resultant transcripts are translated, and the efficiency of post-translational modifications.
Recombinant techniques useful for increasing the expression of nucleic acid molecules include, but are not limited to, operatively linking nucleic acid molecules to high-copy number plasmids, integration of the nucleic acid molecules into one or more host cell chromosomes, addition of vector stability sequences to plasmids, substitutions or modifications of transcription control signals (e.g., promoters, operators, enhancers), substitutions or modifications of translational control signals (e.g., ribosome binding sites, Shine-Dalgarno sequences), modification of nucleic acid molecules to correspond to the codon usage of the host cell, deletion of sequences that destabilize transcripts, and use of control signals that temporally separate recombinant cell growth from recombinant protein production during fermentation. The activity of an expressed recombinant protein may be improved by fragmenting, modifying, or derivatizing the resultant protein.
[00124] Recombinant cells can be used to produce annexin or modified annexin proteins by culturing such cells under conditions effective to produce such a protein, and recovering the protein. Effective conditions to produce a protein include, but are not limited to, appropriate media, bioreactor, temperature, pH and oxygen conditions that permit protein production. An appropriate, or effective, medium refers to any medium in which a cell, when cultured, is capable of producing an annexin or modified annexin protein. Such a medium is typically an aqueous medium comprising assimilable carbohydrate, nitrogen and phosphate sources, as well as appropriate salts, minerals, metals and other nutrients, such as vitamins.
The medium may comprise complex, nutrients or may be a defined minimal medium.
The medium may comprise complex, nutrients or may be a defined minimal medium.
[00125] Cells can be cultured in conventional fermentation bioreactors, which include, but are not limited to, batch, fed-batch, cell recycle, and continuous fermentors.
Culturing can also be conducted in shake flasks, test tubes, microtiter dishes, and petri plates. Culturing is carried out at a temperature, pH and oxygen content appropriate for the recombinant cell.
Such culturing conditions are well within the expertise of one of ordinary skill in the art.
Culturing can also be conducted in shake flasks, test tubes, microtiter dishes, and petri plates. Culturing is carried out at a temperature, pH and oxygen content appropriate for the recombinant cell.
Such culturing conditions are well within the expertise of one of ordinary skill in the art.
[00126] Depending on the vector and host system used for production, resultant annexin proteins may either remain within the recombinant cell; be secreted into the fermentation medium; be secreted into a space between two cellular membranes, such as the periplasmic space in E. coli; or be retained on the outer surface of a cell or viral membrane. Methods to purify such proteins are disclosed in the Examples section.
[00127] It is contemplated herein that in areas of reduced blood flow around the initial infarct, the administration of a neuroprotective agent together with a modified annexin protein will improve the preservation of brain function. An example of a small molecule with neuroprotective activity, possibly related to its antioxidant activity, is the antibiotic mircocycline. An example of a protein with neuroprotective activity is erythropoietin (Ehrenreich et al Molec Med 2002; 8:495-505). Derivatives and peptides of erythropoietin also have neuroprotective activity.
Antibodies as Agents Binding PS on Cell Surfaces [00128] In some aspects, the PS binding agent is an antibody capable of recognizing PS on a cell surface. Isolated antibodies are antibodies that have been removed from their natural environment, but the term "isolated" does not refer to the state of purity of such antibodies.
The phrase "recognizing" refers to the ability of such antibodies to preferentially bind PS.
Binding affinities, commonly expressed as equilibrium association constants, typically range from about 103 M-i to about 1012 M. Binding can be measured using a variety of methods known to those skilled in the art including immunoblot assays, immunoprecipitation assays, radioimmunoassays, enzyme immunoassays, immunofluorescent antibody assays, immunoelectron microscopy and binding to cells or liposomes with PS on their surfaces.
Antibodies as Agents Binding PS on Cell Surfaces [00128] In some aspects, the PS binding agent is an antibody capable of recognizing PS on a cell surface. Isolated antibodies are antibodies that have been removed from their natural environment, but the term "isolated" does not refer to the state of purity of such antibodies.
The phrase "recognizing" refers to the ability of such antibodies to preferentially bind PS.
Binding affinities, commonly expressed as equilibrium association constants, typically range from about 103 M-i to about 1012 M. Binding can be measured using a variety of methods known to those skilled in the art including immunoblot assays, immunoprecipitation assays, radioimmunoassays, enzyme immunoassays, immunofluorescent antibody assays, immunoelectron microscopy and binding to cells or liposomes with PS on their surfaces.
[00129] The term "antibody" refers to a Y-shaped molecule having a pair of antigen binding sites, a hinge region, and a constant region. PS antibodies used according to the methods described herein include polyclonal and monoclonal antibodies.
Functional equivalents are also contemplated, including, for example, antibody fragments, genetically-engineered antibodies, single chain antibodies, and chimeric antibodies.
Useful antibodies include those generated in an animal to which PS has been administered, then serum or plasma recovered using techniques known to those skilled in the art. Other useful antibodies include those produced by recombinant methods. Antibodies produced against defined antigens can be especially useful as they are not substantially contaminated with antibodies against other substances.
Functional equivalents are also contemplated, including, for example, antibody fragments, genetically-engineered antibodies, single chain antibodies, and chimeric antibodies.
Useful antibodies include those generated in an animal to which PS has been administered, then serum or plasma recovered using techniques known to those skilled in the art. Other useful antibodies include those produced by recombinant methods. Antibodies produced against defined antigens can be especially useful as they are not substantially contaminated with antibodies against other substances.
[00130] An illustrative monoclonal antibody that can be useful according to the method described herein was generated by Ran et al. to detect cell surface phospholipids on tumor vasculature (Cancer Research, 2002; 62:6132). The 9D2 antibody bound with specificity to PS, as well as to other anionic phospholipids, without requiring the presence of Ca2+.
Similarly, Ran et al. developed a murine monoclonal antibody, 3G4, to target PS on tumor vasculature which also may be useful according to the method herein (Clin.
Cancer Res.
2005; 11:1551). Thus, the 9D2 antibody and the 3G4 antibody are exemplary PS-binding agents.
Other Agents Binding PS on Cell Surfaces [00131] In some embodiments, the binding agent is a ligand having an affinity for PS that is at least about 10% of the affinity of annexin V for PS. Such ligands include, for example, proteins, polypeptides, receptors, and peptides which interact with PS. The ligand can, in some embodiments, be a construct where one or more proteins, polypeptides, receptors, or peptides are coupled to an Fc portion of an antibody. The Fc regions used herein are derived from an antibody or immunoglobulin. It is necessary that the ligand retains the PS-binding property when attached to the Fc portion of an antibody. Exemplary ligands include those described in U.S. Publication No. 2006/0228299 (Thorpe et al.), for example, Beta 2-glycoportein I, Mer, a503 integrin and other integrins, CD3, CD4, CD14, CD93, SRB (CD36), SRC, PSOC and PSr, as well as the proteins, polypeptides, and peptides thereof.
Similarly, Ran et al. developed a murine monoclonal antibody, 3G4, to target PS on tumor vasculature which also may be useful according to the method herein (Clin.
Cancer Res.
2005; 11:1551). Thus, the 9D2 antibody and the 3G4 antibody are exemplary PS-binding agents.
Other Agents Binding PS on Cell Surfaces [00131] In some embodiments, the binding agent is a ligand having an affinity for PS that is at least about 10% of the affinity of annexin V for PS. Such ligands include, for example, proteins, polypeptides, receptors, and peptides which interact with PS. The ligand can, in some embodiments, be a construct where one or more proteins, polypeptides, receptors, or peptides are coupled to an Fc portion of an antibody. The Fc regions used herein are derived from an antibody or immunoglobulin. It is necessary that the ligand retains the PS-binding property when attached to the Fc portion of an antibody. Exemplary ligands include those described in U.S. Publication No. 2006/0228299 (Thorpe et al.), for example, Beta 2-glycoportein I, Mer, a503 integrin and other integrins, CD3, CD4, CD14, CD93, SRB (CD36), SRC, PSOC and PSr, as well as the proteins, polypeptides, and peptides thereof.
[00132] The Fc portion and the ligand can be operatively attached such that each functions sufficiently as intended. In some embodiments, two ligands are coupled to an Fc portion such that they form a dimer. As used herein, "Fc" refers to both native and mutant forms of the Fc region of an antibody that contain one or more of the Fc region's CH
domains, including truncated forms of Fc polypeptides containing the dimerization-promoting hinge region.
Therapeutic Applications [00133] The PS binding agents of the invention can be administered in the form of a pharmaceutical composition comprising the agent and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
Such a composition is sometimes referred to as a "therapeutic composition".
Aspects of potential therapeutic compositions useful are as described herein.
domains, including truncated forms of Fc polypeptides containing the dimerization-promoting hinge region.
Therapeutic Applications [00133] The PS binding agents of the invention can be administered in the form of a pharmaceutical composition comprising the agent and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
Such a composition is sometimes referred to as a "therapeutic composition".
Aspects of potential therapeutic compositions useful are as described herein.
[00134] PS binding agents effectively prevent interaction of other molecules with PS on cell surfaces. In the methods provided herein, PS-binding agents are used to attenuate or prevent IRI.
[00135] Provided herein are therapeutic compositions comprising PS binding agent on cell surfaces, in any form adapted to the chosen route of administration. Such compositions can also include other components such as a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient, an adjuvant, and/or a carrier. For example, a composition can be formulated in an excipient that the patient can tolerate. Illustrative excipients include water, saline, Ringer's solution, dextrose solution, mannitol, Hanks' solution, the University of Wisconsin Belzer solution and other aqueous physiologically balanced salt solutions. Nonaqueous vehicles, such as triglycerides may also be used. Excipients can contain minor amounts of additives, including substances that enhance isotonicity and chemical stability. Examples of buffers include phosphate buffer, bicarbonate buffer, Tris buffer, histidine, citrate, and glycine, or mixtures thereof, while examples of preservatives include thimerosal, m- or o-cresol, formalin and benzyl alcohol. Standard formulations can either be liquid injectables or solids which can be taken up in a suitable liquid as a suspension or solution for injection. Thus, in a non-liquid formulation, the excipient can comprise dextrose, human serum albumin, preservatives, etc., to which sterile water or saline can be added prior to administration. The agent can be further combined with or conjugated to specific delivery agents, including targeting antibodies and/or cytokines.
[00136] A therapeutically effective amount includes an amount sufficient to prevent, attenuate, or partially reverse IRI. A therapeutically effective amount also includes an amount sufficient to increase the life of the organ transplant or tissue graft. A therapeutically effective amount further includes an amount sufficient to attenuate IRI from stroke or myocardial infarction. A therapeutically effective amount still further includes an amount sufficient to increase the life expectancy of the patient. A therapeutically effective amount should not substantially increase the risk of hemorrhage compared to the risk in the same patient to whom the PS-binding agent has not been given. A therapeutically effective amount can be any amount or dose sufficient to bring about the desired amount of protection from IRI, or the desired attenuation of IRI. This amount can depend, in part, on the agent used in treatment, the frequency and duration of administration, the condition of the organ or tissue, the length of time of ischemia, and whether the tissue or organ was treated before or after grafting or transplantation with the PS-binding agent. Other factors such as the size and health of the patient are known to those skilled in the art and taken into account at the time of administration. It will be understood that recitation herein of a "therapeutically effective"
amount herein does not necessarily require that the drug be therapeutically effective if only a single such dose is administered; in some situations repeated administration may be needed to provide effective treatment.
amount herein does not necessarily require that the drug be therapeutically effective if only a single such dose is administered; in some situations repeated administration may be needed to provide effective treatment.
[00137] The PS-binding agent can be administered by any method known in the art. The agent can be administered in a single dose, or as several doses, for example, twice a day or in a dosing regimen that covers two or three days or one or more weeks.
[00138] Administration of an agent or therapeutic composition can be by any suitable route, including without limitation parenteral (e.g., intravenous, subcutaneous, intrasternal, intramuscular, or infusion techniques), oral, sublingual, buccal, intranasal, pulmonary, topical, transdermal, intradermal, mucosal, ocular, otic, rectal, vaginal, intragastric, intrasynovial, and intra-articular routes. A route such as parenteral that provides systemic delivery is generally desirable. In some aspects, the method comprises intravenous administration of the agent or composition. In other aspects, the method comprises administration by bolus injection. In still other aspects, the method comprises administration by injection or introduction into an intravenous drip.
[00139] Pharmaceutical compositions can be in the form of sterile injectable preparations or aerosol sprays allowing absorption through the nasal mucosa or lungs.
[00140] For administration by inhalation or aerosol, the compositions can be prepared according to techniques well-known in the art of pharmaceutical formulations.
The compositions can be prepared as solutions in saline, using benzyl alcohol or other suitable preservatives, absorption promoters to enhance bioavailability, fluorocarbons, or other solubilizing or dispersing agents known in the art.
The compositions can be prepared as solutions in saline, using benzyl alcohol or other suitable preservatives, absorption promoters to enhance bioavailability, fluorocarbons, or other solubilizing or dispersing agents known in the art.
[00141] For administration as injectable solutions or suspensions, the compositions can be formulated according to techniques well-known in the art, using suitable dispersing or wetting and suspending agents, such as sterile oils, including synthetic mono-or diglycerides and fatty acids (including oleic acid). Solutions or suspensions of the inhibiting agents can be prepared in water or isotonic saline (for example, phosphate buffered saline), optionally mixed with a nontoxic surfactant. Dispersions can also be prepared in glycerol, liquid polyethylene, glycols, DNA, vegetable oils, triacetin, and mixtures thereof.
Under ordinary conditions of storage and use, these preparations can contain a preservative to prevent the growth of microorganisms.
Under ordinary conditions of storage and use, these preparations can contain a preservative to prevent the growth of microorganisms.
[00142] The pharmaceutical dosage for injection or infusion can include sterile aqueous solutions, sterile dispersions, or sterile powders, comprising an active ingredient adapted for the extemporaneous preparation of sterile injectable solutions, sterile infusible solutions, or sterile dispersions. In all cases, the ultimate dosage form should be sterile, fluid, and stable under the conditions of manufacture and storage. The liquid carrier or vehicle can be a solvent or liquid dispersion medium comprising, for example, water, ethanol, polyol (including, for example, but not limited to, glycerol, propylene glycol, or liquid polyethylene glycol), vegetable oil, nontoxic glyceryl ester, or suitable mixture thereof.
Desired fluidity can be maintained, for example, by the formation of liposomes, by the maintenance of the required particle size (in the case of dispersion), or by the use of nontoxic surfactants.
Prevention of microbial action can be achieved by using various antibacterial and antifungal agents. Illustrative antimicrobial or antifungal agents include parabens, chlorobutanol, phenol, sorbic acid, thimerosal, etc. In some aspects, isotonic agents are desirable, and include sugar, buffer, or sodium chloride.
Desired fluidity can be maintained, for example, by the formation of liposomes, by the maintenance of the required particle size (in the case of dispersion), or by the use of nontoxic surfactants.
Prevention of microbial action can be achieved by using various antibacterial and antifungal agents. Illustrative antimicrobial or antifungal agents include parabens, chlorobutanol, phenol, sorbic acid, thimerosal, etc. In some aspects, isotonic agents are desirable, and include sugar, buffer, or sodium chloride.
[00143] One embodiment is a controlled release formulation that is capable of slowly releasing a composition into a patient. As used herein, a controlled release formulation comprises a composition as described herein in a controlled release vehicle.
Suitable controlled release vehicles include, but are not limited to, biocompatible polymers, other polymeric matrices, capsules, microcapsules, microparticles, bolus preparations, osmotic pumps, diffusion devices, liposomes, lipospheres, and transdermal delivery systems. Other controlled release formulations include liquids that, upon administration to a patient, form a solid or a gel in situ. In some embodiments, the controlled release formulations are biodegradable (i.e., bioerodible). Prolonged absorption of injectable compositions can be brought about by the inclusion in the composition of agents delaying absorption, for example, aluminum monostearate hydrogels and gelatin.
Suitable controlled release vehicles include, but are not limited to, biocompatible polymers, other polymeric matrices, capsules, microcapsules, microparticles, bolus preparations, osmotic pumps, diffusion devices, liposomes, lipospheres, and transdermal delivery systems. Other controlled release formulations include liquids that, upon administration to a patient, form a solid or a gel in situ. In some embodiments, the controlled release formulations are biodegradable (i.e., bioerodible). Prolonged absorption of injectable compositions can be brought about by the inclusion in the composition of agents delaying absorption, for example, aluminum monostearate hydrogels and gelatin.
[00144] Sterile injectable solutions are prepared by incorporating the compounds in the required amount in the appropriate solvent with various other ingredients as enumerated above. Such solutions are subsequently sterilized, typically using a filter.
Sterile powders used in the preparation of sterile injectable solutions are vacuum dried or freeze dried, yielding a powder of the active ingredient plus any additional desired ingredient present in the previously sterile-filtered solutions.
Sterile powders used in the preparation of sterile injectable solutions are vacuum dried or freeze dried, yielding a powder of the active ingredient plus any additional desired ingredient present in the previously sterile-filtered solutions.
[00145] In some embodiments the PS-binding agent is a modified annexin protein which can be administered in a range of about 50 to about 500 g/kg, for example, about 200, or about 300, or about 400 g/kg. ( g PS-binding agent/kg of patients weight).
Modified annexin proteins are shown herein to attenuate IRI in organ transplantation, even in the case of a donor with a fatty liver. The ability to attenuate IRI in the case of a steatotic liver transplant will increase the number of livers considered suitable for use.
Modified annexin proteins are shown herein to attenuate IRI in organ transplantation, even in the case of a donor with a fatty liver. The ability to attenuate IRI in the case of a steatotic liver transplant will increase the number of livers considered suitable for use.
[00146] A patient can be non-human or human. In some instances the patient is a human patient who has been selected for an organ transplant or tissue graft. In other instances, the patient is a human patient undergoing surgery in which the blood supply to a tissue or organ is cut off or restricted. In still other instances, the patient is a human patient at risk for or suffering from a stroke or myocardial infarction. The phrase "a patient in need" refers to a patient at risk of IRI or having an IRI event. The therapeutic composition that comprises PS
binding agent can be administered to a patient before, during, and/or after transplantation, grafting, surgery, myocardial infarction, or stroke.
binding agent can be administered to a patient before, during, and/or after transplantation, grafting, surgery, myocardial infarction, or stroke.
[00147] Thus, further provided is a method of preventing IRI comprising administering to an organ transplant recipient a therapeutic composition that comprises a PS
binding agent.
binding agent.
[00148] Also provided is a method of preventing reperfusion injury to an isolated cell or group of cells, the method comprising adding a PS-binding agent to a therapeutic composition. As described above, ischemia is the result of anoxic conditions and can be brought about, for example, by removal of an organ or tissue from a donor or donor site, or by stroke, myocardial infarction, or surgery. Thus, an ischemic cell is one that has had its blood supply cut off or restricted. In some aspects of this embodiment, addition of a PS-binding agent to a therapeutic composition inhibits interaction with PS on an ischemic cell or isolated cell or group of cells, such as an isolated pancreatic islet.
In other aspects of this embodiment, addition of a PS-binding agent to a therapeutic composition inhibits monocyte recognition of PS on the surface of ECs.
In other aspects of this embodiment, addition of a PS-binding agent to a therapeutic composition inhibits monocyte recognition of PS on the surface of ECs.
[00149] In one embodiment, IRI is caused by organ transplantation. Here, the therapeutic composition containing the PS-binding agent is contacted with a donor organ, for example, up to about 3 hours prior to reperfusion, or up to about 1 hour after the onset of reperfusion.
The therapeutic composition can also be contacted with a donor organ prior to removal of the organ from the donor.
The therapeutic composition can also be contacted with a donor organ prior to removal of the organ from the donor.
[00150] In another embodiment, IRI is caused by tissue grafting. In this case, the therapeutic composition containing the PS-binding agent is contacted with a donor tissue up to about 6 hours prior to reperfusion, for example, up to about 3 hours prior to reperfusion, or up to about 1 hour after the onset of reperfusion. Because donor tissues are often removed from one area and grafted in another on the same patient, the therapeutic composition can be contacted with the donor tissue by administering the composition directly to the patient.
Alternatively or additionally, the donor tissue can be contacted by the therapeutic composition after excision or by administration to both the recipient prior to removal of the donor tissue and to the excised tissue prior to tissue grafting.
Alternatively or additionally, the donor tissue can be contacted by the therapeutic composition after excision or by administration to both the recipient prior to removal of the donor tissue and to the excised tissue prior to tissue grafting.
[00151] In yet another embodiment, IRI is caused by surgery, for example, gastrointestinal surgery. Here the therapeutic composition containing the PS-binding agent is administered to a patient before, during, and/or after surgery.
[00152] In some aspects, the therapeutic composition is a preservation fluid, a perfusion fluid, a rinse solution, or an intravenous drip solution. In other aspects, the therapeutic composition is formulated for bolus injection.
[00153] Accordingly, in one embodiment, to protect ischemic or isolated cells, or groups of cells, from IRI a PS-binding agent is added to the preservation fluid used for in situ organ perfusion and cooling (before the organ is removed from a donor) and for cold storage or perfusion after the organ is harvested. The organ or tissue transplant can be perfused or flushed with a solution containing a PS-binding agent. Typically, the organ or tissue is perfused with a solution containing, in addition to the PS-binding agent, components such as electrolytes and cell-protecting agents.
[00154] Illustratively, the present inventors added Diannexin (an exemplary PS-binding agent) to the University of Wisconsin solution mentioned above. This solution was then used to perfuse rat livers at two time points: (1) before overnight storage at 4 C, and (2) just after transplantation. These experiments demonstrated that Diannexin protected organs from IRI
after transplantation. Though shown to be effective in liver, adding a PS-binding agent to therapeutic compositions can also benefit other transplanted organs including kidneys, hearts, lungs, pancreases, intestines, etc.
after transplantation. Though shown to be effective in liver, adding a PS-binding agent to therapeutic compositions can also benefit other transplanted organs including kidneys, hearts, lungs, pancreases, intestines, etc.
[00155] A PS binding agent can be added to different types of preservation solutions typically containing electrolytes (such as Na+, K+, Mg++, Cl-, SO42, HP042-, Ca2+, and HC03) and may contain additional agents to protect cells during cold storage.
[00156] Suitable intracellular preservation solutions include the University of Wisconsin Belzer solution. This solution contains 50 g/1 hydroxyethyl starch, 35.83 g/l lactobionic acid, 3.4 g/1 potassium phosphate monobasic, 1.23 g/1 magnesium sulfate heptahydrate, 17.83 g/1 raffinose pentahydrate, 1.34 g/1 adenosine, 0.136 g/1 allopurinol, 0.922 g/1 glutathionine, 5.61 g/1 potassium hydroxide, and sodium hydroxide (to adjust solution to pH 7.4).
The Euro-Collins solution is also suitable for use with the methods and compositions described herein, and contain 2.05 g/1 mono-potassium phosphate, 7.4 g/1 dipotassium phosphate, 1.12 g/1 potassium chloride, 0.84 g/1 sodium bicarbonate, and 35 g/1 glucose. Other intracellular preservation solutions are envisioned to be within the scope of the present disclosure.
The Euro-Collins solution is also suitable for use with the methods and compositions described herein, and contain 2.05 g/1 mono-potassium phosphate, 7.4 g/1 dipotassium phosphate, 1.12 g/1 potassium chloride, 0.84 g/1 sodium bicarbonate, and 35 g/1 glucose. Other intracellular preservation solutions are envisioned to be within the scope of the present disclosure.
[00157] Similarly, a PS binding agent can be added to extracellular type preservation solutions. An illustrative extracellular type preservation solution is PEFADEX
(Vitrolife, Sweden), which contains 50 g/1 dextran, 8 g/1 sodium chloride, 400 mg/l potassium chloride, 98 mg/l magnesium sulfate, 46 mg/l disodium phosphate, 63 mg/l potassium phosphate and 910 mg/l glucose.
(Vitrolife, Sweden), which contains 50 g/1 dextran, 8 g/1 sodium chloride, 400 mg/l potassium chloride, 98 mg/l magnesium sulfate, 46 mg/l disodium phosphate, 63 mg/l potassium phosphate and 910 mg/l glucose.
[00158] Before completion of transplantation into the recipient, the preservation solutions are rinsed away from the donor organ with a physiological infusion solution, for example, Ringer's Solution. In still another embodiment, a PS-binding agent can be added to the infusion solution.
[00159] The novel preservation and rinsing solutions may have a composition essentially corresponding to any of the three commercial solutions described above.
However, the actual concentrations of the conventional components may vary somewhat, typically within a range of about 50%, or about 30%, of the mean values given above.
However, the actual concentrations of the conventional components may vary somewhat, typically within a range of about 50%, or about 30%, of the mean values given above.
[00160] In one embodiment, a PS-binding agent is added to a ready-made preservation or rinse solution just before use to ensure maximum activity. Alternatively, a suitable preservation solution containing a PS-binding agent can be prepared beforehand.
Examples Example 1 Modified Annexin Preparation A. PEGylated Annexins [00161] Annexins can be purified from human tissues or produced by recombinant technology. For instance, annexin V can be purified from human placentas as described by Funakoshi et al. (1987). Examples of recombinant products include expression of annexin II
and annexin V in Escherichia coli (Kang, H.-M., Trends Cardiovasc. Med. 9:92-102 (1999);
Thiagarajan and Benedict, 1997, 2000). A rapid and efficient purification method for recombinant annexin V, based on Ca2+-enhanced binding to phosphatidylserine-containing liposomes and subsequent elution by EDTA, has been described by Berger, FEBS
Lett.
329:25-28 (1993). This procedure can be improved by the use of phosphatidylserine coupled to a solid phase support.
Examples Example 1 Modified Annexin Preparation A. PEGylated Annexins [00161] Annexins can be purified from human tissues or produced by recombinant technology. For instance, annexin V can be purified from human placentas as described by Funakoshi et al. (1987). Examples of recombinant products include expression of annexin II
and annexin V in Escherichia coli (Kang, H.-M., Trends Cardiovasc. Med. 9:92-102 (1999);
Thiagarajan and Benedict, 1997, 2000). A rapid and efficient purification method for recombinant annexin V, based on Ca2+-enhanced binding to phosphatidylserine-containing liposomes and subsequent elution by EDTA, has been described by Berger, FEBS
Lett.
329:25-28 (1993). This procedure can be improved by the use of phosphatidylserine coupled to a solid phase support.
[00162] Annexins can be coupled to polyethylene glycol (PEG) by any of several well-established procedures (reviewed by Hermanson, 1996) in a process referred to as pegylation.
Contemplated pegylated annexins include chemically-derivatized annexin molecules having mono- or poly-(e.g., 2-4) PEG moieties. Methods for preparing a pegylated annexin generally include the steps of (a) reacting the annexin with polyethylene glycol (such as a reactive ester or aldehyde derivative of PEG) under conditions whereby the annexin becomes attached to one or more PEG groups and (b) obtaining the reaction product or products. In general, the optimal reaction conditions for the reactions must be determined case by case based on known parameters and the desired result. Furthermore, the reaction may produce different products having a different number of PEG chains, and further purification may be needed to obtain the desired product.
Contemplated pegylated annexins include chemically-derivatized annexin molecules having mono- or poly-(e.g., 2-4) PEG moieties. Methods for preparing a pegylated annexin generally include the steps of (a) reacting the annexin with polyethylene glycol (such as a reactive ester or aldehyde derivative of PEG) under conditions whereby the annexin becomes attached to one or more PEG groups and (b) obtaining the reaction product or products. In general, the optimal reaction conditions for the reactions must be determined case by case based on known parameters and the desired result. Furthermore, the reaction may produce different products having a different number of PEG chains, and further purification may be needed to obtain the desired product.
[00163] Conjugation of PEG to annexin V can be performed using the EDC plus sulfo-NHS procedure. EDC (1-ethyl-3-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-carbodiimide hydrochloride) is used to form active ester groups with carboxylate groups using sulfo-NHS (N-hydroxysulfosuccinamide). This increases the stability of the active intermediate, which reacts with an amine to give a stable amide linkage. The conjugation can be carried out as described in Hermanson, 1996.
[00164] Bioconjugate methods can be used to produce homopolymers or heteropolymers of annexin; methods are reviewed by Hermanson, 1996. Recombinant methods can also be used to produce fusion proteins, e.g., annexin expressed with the Fc portion of immunoglobulin or another protein. The heterotetramer of annexin 11 with P11 has also been produced in E. coli (Kang et al., 1999). All of these procedures increase the molecular weight of annexin and have the potential to increase the half-life of annexin in the circulation and prolong its anticoagulant effect.
B. Homodimer of Annexin V (Diannexin, DAV) [00165] A homodimer of annexin V can be produced using a DNA construct shown schematically in FIG. 1C (5'-3' sense strand) (SEQ ID NO:4) and coding for an amino acid sequence represented by SEQ ID NO:6. In this example, the annexin V gene is cloned into the expression vector pCMV FLAG 2 (available from Sigma-Aldrich) at EcoR1 and Bg111 sites. The exact sequences prior to and after the annexin V sequence are unknown and denoted as "x". It is therefore necessary to sequence the construct prior to modification to assure proper codon alignment. The pCMV FLAG 2 vector comes with a strong promotor and initiation sequence (Kozak) and start site (ATG) built in. The start codon before each annexin V gene must therefore be removed, and a strong stop for tight expression should be added at the terminus of the second annexin V gene. The vector also comes with an 8-amino acid peptide sequence that can be used for protein purification (asp-tyr-lys-asp-asp-asp-asp-lys) (SEQ ID NO:9). A 14-amino acid spacer with glycine-serine swivel ends allows optimal rotation between tandem gene-encoded proteins. Addition of restriction sites PvuII and ScaI
allow removal of the linker if necessary. Addition of a protease site allows cleavage of tandem proteins following expression. PreScissionTM protease is available from Amersham Pharmacia Biotech and can be used to cleave tandem proteins. Two annexin V
homodimers were generated. In the first, a "His tag" was placed at the amino terminal end of the dimer to facilitate purification (FIG. 1A). The linker sequence of 12 amino acids was flanked by a glycine and a serine residue at either end to serve as swivels. The structural scheme is shown in FIG. 1A. The amino acid sequence of the His-tagged annexin V homodimer is provided below:
B. Homodimer of Annexin V (Diannexin, DAV) [00165] A homodimer of annexin V can be produced using a DNA construct shown schematically in FIG. 1C (5'-3' sense strand) (SEQ ID NO:4) and coding for an amino acid sequence represented by SEQ ID NO:6. In this example, the annexin V gene is cloned into the expression vector pCMV FLAG 2 (available from Sigma-Aldrich) at EcoR1 and Bg111 sites. The exact sequences prior to and after the annexin V sequence are unknown and denoted as "x". It is therefore necessary to sequence the construct prior to modification to assure proper codon alignment. The pCMV FLAG 2 vector comes with a strong promotor and initiation sequence (Kozak) and start site (ATG) built in. The start codon before each annexin V gene must therefore be removed, and a strong stop for tight expression should be added at the terminus of the second annexin V gene. The vector also comes with an 8-amino acid peptide sequence that can be used for protein purification (asp-tyr-lys-asp-asp-asp-asp-lys) (SEQ ID NO:9). A 14-amino acid spacer with glycine-serine swivel ends allows optimal rotation between tandem gene-encoded proteins. Addition of restriction sites PvuII and ScaI
allow removal of the linker if necessary. Addition of a protease site allows cleavage of tandem proteins following expression. PreScissionTM protease is available from Amersham Pharmacia Biotech and can be used to cleave tandem proteins. Two annexin V
homodimers were generated. In the first, a "His tag" was placed at the amino terminal end of the dimer to facilitate purification (FIG. 1A). The linker sequence of 12 amino acids was flanked by a glycine and a serine residue at either end to serve as swivels. The structural scheme is shown in FIG. 1A. The amino acid sequence of the His-tagged annexin V homodimer is provided below:
[00166] MHHHHHHQAQVLRGTVTDFPGFDERADAETLRKAMKGLGTDEESILTLL
T SRSNAQRQEISAAFKTLFGRDLLDDLKSELTGKFEKLIVALMKPSRLYDA
YELKHALKGAGTNEKVLTEIIASRTPEELRAIKQVYEEEYGSSLEDDVVG
DTSGYYQRMLV VLLQANRDPDAGIDEAQV EQDAQALFQAGELKWGTDEEK
FITIFGTRS VSHLRKVFDKYMTISGFQIEETIDRETSGNLEQLLLAV VKS
IRS IPAYLAETLYYAM KGAGTD D HTLIR V M V S R S EID LFN IR KEFRKNFA
TSLYSMIKGDTSGDYKKALLLLCGEDD GSLEV LFQGPSGKLAQV LRGTVT
DFPGFDERADAETLRKAMKGLGTDEESILTLLTSRSNAQRQEISAAFKTL
FGRDLLDDLKSELTGKFEKLIVALMKPSRLYDAYELKHALKGAGTNEKVL
TEIIASRTPEELRAIKQVYEEEYGSSLEDDV VGDTSGYYQRMLV VLLQAN
RDPDAGIDEAQVEQDAQALFQAGELKWGTDEEKFITIFGTRSVSHLRKVF
DKYMTISGFQIEETIDRETSGNLEQLLLAVVKSIRSIPAYLAETLYYAMK
GAGTDDHTLIRVMV S RSEIDLFNIRKEFRKNFATSLYSMIKGDTSGDYKK
ALLLLCGEDD (SEQ ID NO: 26) [00167] The "swivel" amino acids of the linker are bolded and underlined. This His-tagged annexin V homodimer was expressed at a high level in Escherichia coli and purified using a nickel column. The DNA in the construct was shown to have the correct sequence and the dimer had the predicted molecular weight (74 kDa). MALDI-TOF mass spectrometry was accomplished using a PerSeptive Biosystems Voyager-DE Pro workstation operating in linear, positive ion mode with a static accelerating voltage of 25 kV and a delay time of 40 nsec.
T SRSNAQRQEISAAFKTLFGRDLLDDLKSELTGKFEKLIVALMKPSRLYDA
YELKHALKGAGTNEKVLTEIIASRTPEELRAIKQVYEEEYGSSLEDDVVG
DTSGYYQRMLV VLLQANRDPDAGIDEAQV EQDAQALFQAGELKWGTDEEK
FITIFGTRS VSHLRKVFDKYMTISGFQIEETIDRETSGNLEQLLLAV VKS
IRS IPAYLAETLYYAM KGAGTD D HTLIR V M V S R S EID LFN IR KEFRKNFA
TSLYSMIKGDTSGDYKKALLLLCGEDD GSLEV LFQGPSGKLAQV LRGTVT
DFPGFDERADAETLRKAMKGLGTDEESILTLLTSRSNAQRQEISAAFKTL
FGRDLLDDLKSELTGKFEKLIVALMKPSRLYDAYELKHALKGAGTNEKVL
TEIIASRTPEELRAIKQVYEEEYGSSLEDDV VGDTSGYYQRMLV VLLQAN
RDPDAGIDEAQVEQDAQALFQAGELKWGTDEEKFITIFGTRSVSHLRKVF
DKYMTISGFQIEETIDRETSGNLEQLLLAVVKSIRSIPAYLAETLYYAMK
GAGTDDHTLIRVMV S RSEIDLFNIRKEFRKNFATSLYSMIKGDTSGDYKK
ALLLLCGEDD (SEQ ID NO: 26) [00167] The "swivel" amino acids of the linker are bolded and underlined. This His-tagged annexin V homodimer was expressed at a high level in Escherichia coli and purified using a nickel column. The DNA in the construct was shown to have the correct sequence and the dimer had the predicted molecular weight (74 kDa). MALDI-TOF mass spectrometry was accomplished using a PerSeptive Biosystems Voyager-DE Pro workstation operating in linear, positive ion mode with a static accelerating voltage of 25 kV and a delay time of 40 nsec.
[00168] A second human annexin V homodimer was synthesized without the His tag. The structural scheme is shown in FIG. 1B. The amino acid sequence of the (non-His-tagged) annexin V homodimer is provided below:
[00169] MAQVLRGTVTDFPGFDERADAETLRKAMKGLGTDEESILTLLTSRSNAQR
QEISAAFKTLFGRDLLDDLKSELTGKFEKLIVALMKPSRLYDAYELKHAL
KGAGTNEKVLTEIIASRTPEELRAIKQVYEEEYGSSLEDD V VGDTSGYYQ
RMLVVLLQANRDPDAGIDEAQVEQDAQALFQAGELKWGTDEEKFITIFGT
RSVSHLRKVFDKYMTISGFQIEETIDRETSGNLEQLLLAVVKSIRSIPAY
LAETLYYAMKGAGTDDHTLIRVMVSRSEIDLFNIRKEFRKNFATSLYSMI
KGDTSGDYKKALLLLCGEDDGSLEVLFQGPSGKLAQVLRGTVTDFPGFDE
RADAETLRKAMKGLGTDEESILTLLTSRSNAQRQEISAAFKTLFGRDLLD
DLKSELTGKFEKLIVALMKPSRLYDAYELKHALKGAGTNEKVLTEIIASR
TPEELRAIKQVYEEEYGSSLEDDV VGDTSGYYQRMLV VLLQANRDPDAGI
DEAQVEQDAQALFQAGELKWGTDEEKFITIFGTRSVSHLRKVFDKYMTIS
GFQIEETIDRETSGNLEQLLLAVVKSIRSIPAYLAETLYYAMKGAGTDDH
TLIRVMVSRSEIDLFNIRKEFRKNFATSLYSMIKGDTSGDYKKALLLLCG EDD (SEQ
ID NO: 27) [00170] Again, the "swivel" amino acids of the linker are bolded and underlined. This dimer was expressed at a high level in E. coli and purified by ion-exchange chromatography followed by heparin affinity chromatography. The ion-exchange column was from Bio-Rad (Econo-pak HighQ Support) and the heparin affinity column was from Amersham Biosciences (HiTrap Heparin HP). Both were used according to manufacturers' instructions.
Again, the DNA sequence of the annexin V homodimer was found to be correct.
Mass spectrometry showed a protein of 73 kDa, as expected. The amino acid sequence of annexin and other proteins is routinely determined in this laboratory by mass spectrometry of peptide fragments. Expected sequences were obtained.
QEISAAFKTLFGRDLLDDLKSELTGKFEKLIVALMKPSRLYDAYELKHAL
KGAGTNEKVLTEIIASRTPEELRAIKQVYEEEYGSSLEDD V VGDTSGYYQ
RMLVVLLQANRDPDAGIDEAQVEQDAQALFQAGELKWGTDEEKFITIFGT
RSVSHLRKVFDKYMTISGFQIEETIDRETSGNLEQLLLAVVKSIRSIPAY
LAETLYYAMKGAGTDDHTLIRVMVSRSEIDLFNIRKEFRKNFATSLYSMI
KGDTSGDYKKALLLLCGEDDGSLEVLFQGPSGKLAQVLRGTVTDFPGFDE
RADAETLRKAMKGLGTDEESILTLLTSRSNAQRQEISAAFKTLFGRDLLD
DLKSELTGKFEKLIVALMKPSRLYDAYELKHALKGAGTNEKVLTEIIASR
TPEELRAIKQVYEEEYGSSLEDDV VGDTSGYYQRMLV VLLQANRDPDAGI
DEAQVEQDAQALFQAGELKWGTDEEKFITIFGTRSVSHLRKVFDKYMTIS
GFQIEETIDRETSGNLEQLLLAVVKSIRSIPAYLAETLYYAMKGAGTDDH
TLIRVMVSRSEIDLFNIRKEFRKNFATSLYSMIKGDTSGDYKKALLLLCG EDD (SEQ
ID NO: 27) [00170] Again, the "swivel" amino acids of the linker are bolded and underlined. This dimer was expressed at a high level in E. coli and purified by ion-exchange chromatography followed by heparin affinity chromatography. The ion-exchange column was from Bio-Rad (Econo-pak HighQ Support) and the heparin affinity column was from Amersham Biosciences (HiTrap Heparin HP). Both were used according to manufacturers' instructions.
Again, the DNA sequence of the annexin V homodimer was found to be correct.
Mass spectrometry showed a protein of 73 kDa, as expected. The amino acid sequence of annexin and other proteins is routinely determined in this laboratory by mass spectrometry of peptide fragments. Expected sequences were obtained.
[00171] Human Annexin V has the following amino acid sequence:
[00172] AQVLRGTVTDFPGFDERADAETLRKAMKGLGTDEESILTLLTSRSNAQRQ
EISAAFKTLFGRDLLDDLKSELTGKFEKLIVALMKPSRLYDAYELKHALK
GAGTNEKVLTEIIASRTPEELRAIKQVYEEEYGSSLEDDVVGDTSGYYQR
MLV V LLQANRDPDAGIDEAQVEQDAQALFQAGELKWGTDEEKFITIFGTR
S VSHLRKVFDKYMTISGFQIEETIDRETSGNLEQLLLAV VKSIRSIPAYL
AETLYYAMKGAGTDDHTLIRVM V SRSEIDLFNIRKEFRKNFATS LYSMIK
GDTSGDYKKALLLLCGEDD (SEQ ID NO:3) [00173] The nucleotide sequence of human annexin V, inserted as indicated in the DNA
construct illustrated in FIG. 1C, is as follows:
EISAAFKTLFGRDLLDDLKSELTGKFEKLIVALMKPSRLYDAYELKHALK
GAGTNEKVLTEIIASRTPEELRAIKQVYEEEYGSSLEDDVVGDTSGYYQR
MLV V LLQANRDPDAGIDEAQVEQDAQALFQAGELKWGTDEEKFITIFGTR
S VSHLRKVFDKYMTISGFQIEETIDRETSGNLEQLLLAV VKSIRSIPAYL
AETLYYAMKGAGTDDHTLIRVM V SRSEIDLFNIRKEFRKNFATS LYSMIK
GDTSGDYKKALLLLCGEDD (SEQ ID NO:3) [00173] The nucleotide sequence of human annexin V, inserted as indicated in the DNA
construct illustrated in FIG. 1C, is as follows:
[00174] GCACAGGTTCTCAGAGGCACTGTGACTGACTTCCCTGGATTTGATGAG
CGGGCTGATGCAGAAACTCTTCGGAAGGCTATGAAAGGCTTGGGCACAGATG
AGGAGAGCATCCTGACTCTGTTGACATCCCGAAGTAATGCTCAGCGCCAG
GAAATCTCTGCAGCTTTTAAGACTCTGTTTGGCAGGGATCTTCTGGATGA
CCTGAAATCAGAACTAACTGGAAAATTTGAAAAATTAATTGTGGCTCTGA
TGAAACCCTCTCGGCTTTATGATGCTTATGAACTGAAACATGCCTTGAAG
GGAGCTGGAACAAATGAAAAAGTACTGACAGAAATTATTGCTTCAAGGAC
ACCTGAAGAACTGAGAGCCATCAAACAAGTTTATGAAGAAGAATATGGCT
CAAGCCTGGAAGATGACGTGGTGGGGGACACTTCAGGGTACTACCAGCGG
ATGTTGGTGGTTCTCCTTCAGGCTAACAGAGACCCTGATGCTGGAATTGA
TGAAGCTCAAGTTGAACAAGATGCTCAGGCTTTATTTCAGGCTGGAGAAC
TTAAATGGGGGACAGATGAAGAAAAGTTTATCACCATCTTTGGAACACGA
AGTGTGTCTCATTTGAGAAAGGTGTTTGACAAGTACATGACTATATCAGG
ATTTCAAATTGAGGAAACCATTGACCGCGAGACTTCTGGCAATTTAGAGC
AACTACTCCTTGCTGTTGTGAAATCTATTCGAAGTATACCTGCCTACCTT
GCAGAGACCCTCTATTATGCTATGAAGGGAGCTGGGACAGATGATCATAC
CCTCATCAGAGTCATGGTTTCCAGGAGTGAGATTGATCTGTTTAACATCA
GGAAGGAGTTTAGGAAGAATTTTGCCACCTCTCTTTATTCCATGATTAAG
GGAGATACATCTGGGGACTATAAGAAAGCTCTTCTGCTGCTCTGTGGAG
AAGATGAC (SEQ ID NO:1) C. Annexin IV Homodimer [00175] A homodimer of annexin IV was prepared similarly to the annexin V
homodimer described in Example 1B. The vector used was pET-29a(+), available from Novagen (Madison, Wis.). The plasmid sequence was denoted as pET-ANXA4-2X and was 7221 bp (SEQ ID NO: 16). pET-ANXA4-2X contains an open reading frame from nucleotide number 5076 to 7049 (including 3 stop codons). The first copy of Annexin IV spans nucleotides 5076-6038 of SEQ ID NO: 16, a first swivel linker spans nucleotides 6039-6044 of SEQ ID
NO: 16, the PreScission protease recognition site spans nucleotides 6045-6068 of SEQ ID
NO: 16, the second swivel linker spans nucleotides 6069-6074 of SEQ ID NO: 16, the second copy of annexin IV spans nucleotides 6081-7043 of SEQ ID NO: 16, and a kanamycin resistance gene spans nucleotides 1375-1560 of SEQ ID NO: 16. The sequence from nucleotide number 5076 to 7049 is further represented herein as SEQ ID NO: 17.
Translation of SEQ ID NO: 17 results in the annexin IV homodimer polypeptide having the following amino acid sequence:
CGGGCTGATGCAGAAACTCTTCGGAAGGCTATGAAAGGCTTGGGCACAGATG
AGGAGAGCATCCTGACTCTGTTGACATCCCGAAGTAATGCTCAGCGCCAG
GAAATCTCTGCAGCTTTTAAGACTCTGTTTGGCAGGGATCTTCTGGATGA
CCTGAAATCAGAACTAACTGGAAAATTTGAAAAATTAATTGTGGCTCTGA
TGAAACCCTCTCGGCTTTATGATGCTTATGAACTGAAACATGCCTTGAAG
GGAGCTGGAACAAATGAAAAAGTACTGACAGAAATTATTGCTTCAAGGAC
ACCTGAAGAACTGAGAGCCATCAAACAAGTTTATGAAGAAGAATATGGCT
CAAGCCTGGAAGATGACGTGGTGGGGGACACTTCAGGGTACTACCAGCGG
ATGTTGGTGGTTCTCCTTCAGGCTAACAGAGACCCTGATGCTGGAATTGA
TGAAGCTCAAGTTGAACAAGATGCTCAGGCTTTATTTCAGGCTGGAGAAC
TTAAATGGGGGACAGATGAAGAAAAGTTTATCACCATCTTTGGAACACGA
AGTGTGTCTCATTTGAGAAAGGTGTTTGACAAGTACATGACTATATCAGG
ATTTCAAATTGAGGAAACCATTGACCGCGAGACTTCTGGCAATTTAGAGC
AACTACTCCTTGCTGTTGTGAAATCTATTCGAAGTATACCTGCCTACCTT
GCAGAGACCCTCTATTATGCTATGAAGGGAGCTGGGACAGATGATCATAC
CCTCATCAGAGTCATGGTTTCCAGGAGTGAGATTGATCTGTTTAACATCA
GGAAGGAGTTTAGGAAGAATTTTGCCACCTCTCTTTATTCCATGATTAAG
GGAGATACATCTGGGGACTATAAGAAAGCTCTTCTGCTGCTCTGTGGAG
AAGATGAC (SEQ ID NO:1) C. Annexin IV Homodimer [00175] A homodimer of annexin IV was prepared similarly to the annexin V
homodimer described in Example 1B. The vector used was pET-29a(+), available from Novagen (Madison, Wis.). The plasmid sequence was denoted as pET-ANXA4-2X and was 7221 bp (SEQ ID NO: 16). pET-ANXA4-2X contains an open reading frame from nucleotide number 5076 to 7049 (including 3 stop codons). The first copy of Annexin IV spans nucleotides 5076-6038 of SEQ ID NO: 16, a first swivel linker spans nucleotides 6039-6044 of SEQ ID
NO: 16, the PreScission protease recognition site spans nucleotides 6045-6068 of SEQ ID
NO: 16, the second swivel linker spans nucleotides 6069-6074 of SEQ ID NO: 16, the second copy of annexin IV spans nucleotides 6081-7043 of SEQ ID NO: 16, and a kanamycin resistance gene spans nucleotides 1375-1560 of SEQ ID NO: 16. The sequence from nucleotide number 5076 to 7049 is further represented herein as SEQ ID NO: 17.
Translation of SEQ ID NO: 17 results in the annexin IV homodimer polypeptide having the following amino acid sequence:
[00176] MAMATKGGTVKAASGFNAMEDAQTLRKAMKGLGTDEDAIISVLAYRNT
AQ RQEIRTAYKSTIGRDLIDDLKSELSGNFEQVIVGMMTPTVLYDVQELRRA
MKGAGTDEGCLIEILASRTPEEIRRISQTYQQQYGRRLEDDIRSDTSFMF
QRVLVSLSAGGRDEGNYLDDALVRQDAQDLYEAGEKKWGTDEVKFLTVLC
SRNRNHLLHVFDEYKRISQKDIEQSIKSETSGSFEDALLAIVKCMRNKSA
YFAEKLYKSMKGLGTDDNTLIRVMVSRAEIDMLDIRAHFKRLYGKSLYSF
IKGDTSGDYRKV LLVLCGGDD GSIevlfqgpSGKLAMATKGGTV KAASGF
NAMEDAQTLRKAMKGLGTDEDAIISVLAYRNTAQRQEIRTAYKSTIGRDL
IDD LKS ELS GNFEQ V IV GMMTPTV LYD V QELRRAMKGAGTDEGCLIEILA
SRTPEEIRRIS QTYQQQYGRRLEDDIRSDTSFMFQRV LV SLSAGGRDEGN
YLDDALVRQDAQDLYEAGEKKWGTDEVKFLTVLCSRNRNHLLHVFDEYKR
IS QKDIEQS IKSETSGSFEDALLAIV KCMRNKSAYFAEKLYKSMKGLGTD
DNTLIRVMVSRAEIDMLDIRAHFKRLYGKSLYSFIKGDTSGDYRKVLLVLCGGDD
(SEQ ID NO: 19) [00177] In the sequence above, the swivel sites are denoted by bold and underline, the PreScission protease site is in lower case, and an introduced restriction site is in italics. The annexin IV gene as cloned contained a single base substitution compared to the published sequence (GenBank accession number NM--001153) which changes the amino acid at position 137 from serine to arginine. This change is noted in bold and double underline in the amino acid sequence of the dimer above.
D. Annexin VIII Homodimer [00178] A homodimer of annexin IV was prepared similarly to the annexin V
homodimer described in Example 1B. The vector used was pET-29a(+), available from Novagen (Madison, Wis.). The plasmid sequence was denoted as pET-ANXA8-2X and was 7257 bp (SEQ ID NO:20). pET-ANXA4-2X contains an open reading frame from nucleotide number 5076 to 7085 (including 3 stop codons). The first copy of Annexin VIII spans nucleotides 5076-6056 of SEQ ID NO:20, a first swivel linker spans nucleotides 6057-6062 of SEQ ID
NO:20, the PreScission protease recognition site spans nucleotides 6063-6086 of SEQ ID
NO:20, the second swivel linker spans nucleotides 6087-6092 of SEQ ID NO:20, the second copy of annexin VIII spans nucleotides 6099-7079 of SEQ ID NO:20, and a kanamycin resistance gene spans nucleotides 1375-560 of SEQ ID NO:20. The sequence from nucleotide number 5076 to 7085 is further represented herein as SEQ ID NO:21.
Translation of SEQ ID NO:21 results in the annexin VIII homodimer polypeptide having the following amino acid sequence:
AQ RQEIRTAYKSTIGRDLIDDLKSELSGNFEQVIVGMMTPTVLYDVQELRRA
MKGAGTDEGCLIEILASRTPEEIRRISQTYQQQYGRRLEDDIRSDTSFMF
QRVLVSLSAGGRDEGNYLDDALVRQDAQDLYEAGEKKWGTDEVKFLTVLC
SRNRNHLLHVFDEYKRISQKDIEQSIKSETSGSFEDALLAIVKCMRNKSA
YFAEKLYKSMKGLGTDDNTLIRVMVSRAEIDMLDIRAHFKRLYGKSLYSF
IKGDTSGDYRKV LLVLCGGDD GSIevlfqgpSGKLAMATKGGTV KAASGF
NAMEDAQTLRKAMKGLGTDEDAIISVLAYRNTAQRQEIRTAYKSTIGRDL
IDD LKS ELS GNFEQ V IV GMMTPTV LYD V QELRRAMKGAGTDEGCLIEILA
SRTPEEIRRIS QTYQQQYGRRLEDDIRSDTSFMFQRV LV SLSAGGRDEGN
YLDDALVRQDAQDLYEAGEKKWGTDEVKFLTVLCSRNRNHLLHVFDEYKR
IS QKDIEQS IKSETSGSFEDALLAIV KCMRNKSAYFAEKLYKSMKGLGTD
DNTLIRVMVSRAEIDMLDIRAHFKRLYGKSLYSFIKGDTSGDYRKVLLVLCGGDD
(SEQ ID NO: 19) [00177] In the sequence above, the swivel sites are denoted by bold and underline, the PreScission protease site is in lower case, and an introduced restriction site is in italics. The annexin IV gene as cloned contained a single base substitution compared to the published sequence (GenBank accession number NM--001153) which changes the amino acid at position 137 from serine to arginine. This change is noted in bold and double underline in the amino acid sequence of the dimer above.
D. Annexin VIII Homodimer [00178] A homodimer of annexin IV was prepared similarly to the annexin V
homodimer described in Example 1B. The vector used was pET-29a(+), available from Novagen (Madison, Wis.). The plasmid sequence was denoted as pET-ANXA8-2X and was 7257 bp (SEQ ID NO:20). pET-ANXA4-2X contains an open reading frame from nucleotide number 5076 to 7085 (including 3 stop codons). The first copy of Annexin VIII spans nucleotides 5076-6056 of SEQ ID NO:20, a first swivel linker spans nucleotides 6057-6062 of SEQ ID
NO:20, the PreScission protease recognition site spans nucleotides 6063-6086 of SEQ ID
NO:20, the second swivel linker spans nucleotides 6087-6092 of SEQ ID NO:20, the second copy of annexin VIII spans nucleotides 6099-7079 of SEQ ID NO:20, and a kanamycin resistance gene spans nucleotides 1375-560 of SEQ ID NO:20. The sequence from nucleotide number 5076 to 7085 is further represented herein as SEQ ID NO:21.
Translation of SEQ ID NO:21 results in the annexin VIII homodimer polypeptide having the following amino acid sequence:
[00179] MAWWKAWIEQEGVTVKSSSHFNPDPDAETLYKAMKGIGTNEQAIIDVLT
K RSNTQRQQIAKSFKAQFGKDLTETLKSELSGKFERLIVALMYPPYRYEAK
ELHDAMKGLGTKEG VIIEILASRTKNQLREIMKAYEEDYGS SLEEDIQAD
TSGYLERILVCLLQGSRDDVSSFVDPALALQDAQDLYAAGEKIRGTDEMK
FITILCTRSATHLLRVFEEYEKIANKSIEDSIKSETHGSLEEAMLTVVKC
TQNLHSYFAERLYYAMKGAGTRDGTLIRNIVSRSEIDLNLIKCHFKKMYG
KTLSSMIMEDTSGDYKNALLSLVGSDPGSIevlfqgpSGKLAWWKAWIEQ
EGVTVKSSSHFNPDPDAETLYKAMKGIGTNEQAIIDVLTKRSNTQRQQIA
KSFKAQFGKDLTETLKSELSGKFERLIVALMYPPYRYEAKELHDAMKGLG
TKEGVIIEILASRTKNQLREIMKAYEEDYGS S LEEDIQADTSGYLERILV
CLLQGSRDDVSSFVDPALALQDAQDLYAAGEKIRGTDEMKFITILCTRSA
THLLRVFEEYEKIANKSIEDSIKSETHGSLEEAMLTVVKCTQNLHSYFAE
RLYYAMKGAGTRDGTLIRNIV SRSEIDLNLIKCHFKKMYGKTLS SMIMED
TSGDYKNALLSLVGSDP (SEQ ID NO:23) [00180] In the sequence above, the swivel sites are denoted by bold and underline, the PreScission protease site is in lower case, and an introduced restriction site is in italics. The annexin VIII gene as cloned contains a single base substitution compared to the published sequence (GenBank accession number NMoo1630)= The result is a codon change for tyrosine at position 92 from TAT to TAC.
Example 2:
Affinity of annexin V and annexin V homodimer for PS
K RSNTQRQQIAKSFKAQFGKDLTETLKSELSGKFERLIVALMYPPYRYEAK
ELHDAMKGLGTKEG VIIEILASRTKNQLREIMKAYEEDYGS SLEEDIQAD
TSGYLERILVCLLQGSRDDVSSFVDPALALQDAQDLYAAGEKIRGTDEMK
FITILCTRSATHLLRVFEEYEKIANKSIEDSIKSETHGSLEEAMLTVVKC
TQNLHSYFAERLYYAMKGAGTRDGTLIRNIVSRSEIDLNLIKCHFKKMYG
KTLSSMIMEDTSGDYKNALLSLVGSDPGSIevlfqgpSGKLAWWKAWIEQ
EGVTVKSSSHFNPDPDAETLYKAMKGIGTNEQAIIDVLTKRSNTQRQQIA
KSFKAQFGKDLTETLKSELSGKFERLIVALMYPPYRYEAKELHDAMKGLG
TKEGVIIEILASRTKNQLREIMKAYEEDYGS S LEEDIQADTSGYLERILV
CLLQGSRDDVSSFVDPALALQDAQDLYAAGEKIRGTDEMKFITILCTRSA
THLLRVFEEYEKIANKSIEDSIKSETHGSLEEAMLTVVKCTQNLHSYFAE
RLYYAMKGAGTRDGTLIRNIV SRSEIDLNLIKCHFKKMYGKTLS SMIMED
TSGDYKNALLSLVGSDP (SEQ ID NO:23) [00180] In the sequence above, the swivel sites are denoted by bold and underline, the PreScission protease site is in lower case, and an introduced restriction site is in italics. The annexin VIII gene as cloned contains a single base substitution compared to the published sequence (GenBank accession number NMoo1630)= The result is a codon change for tyrosine at position 92 from TAT to TAC.
Example 2:
Affinity of annexin V and annexin V homodimer for PS
[00181] Recombinant homodimers of annexin V (Diannexin, DAV) binds PS on cell surfaces with a higher affinity than monomeric annexin V (AV). The affinities of recombinant annexin V (AV) and recombinant annexin V homodimer (DAV, Diannexin) for PS on the surface of cells were compared. To produce cells with PS exposed on their surfaces, human peripheral red blood cells (RBCs) were treated with a Ca2+
ionophore (A23187). The phospholipid translocase (flipase), which moves PS to the inner leaflet of the plasma membrane bilayer, was inactivated by treatment with N-ethyl maleimide (NEM), which binds covalently to free sulfhydryl groups. Raising intracellular Ca2+
activates the scramblase enzyme, thus increasing the amount of PS in the outer leaflet of the plasma membrane bilayer.
ionophore (A23187). The phospholipid translocase (flipase), which moves PS to the inner leaflet of the plasma membrane bilayer, was inactivated by treatment with N-ethyl maleimide (NEM), which binds covalently to free sulfhydryl groups. Raising intracellular Ca2+
activates the scramblase enzyme, thus increasing the amount of PS in the outer leaflet of the plasma membrane bilayer.
[00182] Washed human RBCs were resuspended at 30% hematocrit in K-buffer (80 mM
KCI, 7 mM NACI, 10 mM HEPES, pH 7.4). They were incubated for 30 minutes at 37 C in the presence of 10 mM NEM to inhibit the flipase. The NEM-treated cells were washed and suspended at 16% hematocrit in the same buffer with added 2 mM CaC12. The scramblase enzyme was activated by incubation for 30 minutes at 37 C with A23187 (final concentration 4 M). As a result of this procedure, more than 95% of the RBCs had PS
demonstrable on their surface by flow cytometry.
KCI, 7 mM NACI, 10 mM HEPES, pH 7.4). They were incubated for 30 minutes at 37 C in the presence of 10 mM NEM to inhibit the flipase. The NEM-treated cells were washed and suspended at 16% hematocrit in the same buffer with added 2 mM CaC12. The scramblase enzyme was activated by incubation for 30 minutes at 37 C with A23187 (final concentration 4 M). As a result of this procedure, more than 95% of the RBCs had PS
demonstrable on their surface by flow cytometry.
[00183] Recombinant AV and DAV were biotinylated using the FluReporter protein-labeling kit (Molecular Probes, Eugene Oreg.). Biotin-AV and biotin-DAV
conjugates were visualized with R-phycoerythrin-conjugated streptavidin (PE-SA) at a final concentration of 2 g/ml. Flow cytometry was performed on a Becton Dickinson FACScaliber and data were analyzed with Cell Quest software (Becton Dickinson, San Jose Calif.).
conjugates were visualized with R-phycoerythrin-conjugated streptavidin (PE-SA) at a final concentration of 2 g/ml. Flow cytometry was performed on a Becton Dickinson FACScaliber and data were analyzed with Cell Quest software (Becton Dickinson, San Jose Calif.).
[00184] No binding of AV or DAV was detectable when normal RBCs were used.
However, both AV and DAV were bound to at least 95% of RBCs exposing PS. RBCs exposing PS were incubated with various amounts of AV and DAV, either (a) separately or (b) mixed in a 1:1 molar ratio, before addition of PE-SA and flow cytometry.
In such mixtures, either AV or DAV was biotinylated and the amount of each protein bound was assayed as described above. The experiments were controlled for higher biotin labeling in DAV than AV.
However, both AV and DAV were bound to at least 95% of RBCs exposing PS. RBCs exposing PS were incubated with various amounts of AV and DAV, either (a) separately or (b) mixed in a 1:1 molar ratio, before addition of PE-SA and flow cytometry.
In such mixtures, either AV or DAV was biotinylated and the amount of each protein bound was assayed as described above. The experiments were controlled for higher biotin labeling in DAV than AV.
[00185] Representative results are shown in FIG. 2. In this set of experiments, RBCs exposing PS were incubated with (a) 0.2 g of biotinylated DAV (FIG. 2A); (b) 0.2 g of nonbiotinylated DAV (FIG. 2B); (c) 0.2 g of biotinylated AV and 0.2 g nonbiotinylated DAV; and (d) 0.2 g of biotinylated DAV and 0.2 g nonbiotinylated AV (FIG.
2D).
Comparing FIG. 2B and FIG. 2D shows that the presence of 0.2 g of nonbiotinylated AV
had no effect on the binding of biotinylated DAV. However, comparing FIG. 2A
and FIG.
2C shows that the presence of 0.2 g of nonbiotinylated DAV strongly reduced the amount of biotinylated AV bound to PS-exposing cells. These results indicate that DAV
and AV
compete for the same PS-binding sites on RBCs, but with different affinities;
DAV binds to PS that is exposed on the surface of cells with a higher affinity than does AV. We have used this model to show that the Annexin VIII homodimer has a somewhat higher affinity for PS
on cell surfaces than the Annexin V homodimer does, whereas the affinity of the Annexin IV
homodimer is somewhat lower.
Example 3 Diannexin Clearance [00186] Recombinant homodimer of human annexin V (Diannexin, DAV, 73 kDa) has a longer half-life in the circulation than monomeric annexin V (AV, 36 kDa). The molecular weight of Diannexin exceeds renal filtration threshold whereas that of annexin V does not.
This was demonstrated by following the clearance of radioiodinated Diannexin from the peripheral blood of a rat. Observations in the rabbit (Thiagarajan and Benedict, Circulation 96: 2339, 1977), rat, cynomolgus monkey, (Romisch et al., Thrombosis Res. 61:
93, 1991) and humans (Kemerink et al., J. Nucl. Med. 44: 947, 2003) had shown that AV
has a short half-life in the circulation (7 to 24 minutes, respectively), with a major loss into the kidneys.
2D).
Comparing FIG. 2B and FIG. 2D shows that the presence of 0.2 g of nonbiotinylated AV
had no effect on the binding of biotinylated DAV. However, comparing FIG. 2A
and FIG.
2C shows that the presence of 0.2 g of nonbiotinylated DAV strongly reduced the amount of biotinylated AV bound to PS-exposing cells. These results indicate that DAV
and AV
compete for the same PS-binding sites on RBCs, but with different affinities;
DAV binds to PS that is exposed on the surface of cells with a higher affinity than does AV. We have used this model to show that the Annexin VIII homodimer has a somewhat higher affinity for PS
on cell surfaces than the Annexin V homodimer does, whereas the affinity of the Annexin IV
homodimer is somewhat lower.
Example 3 Diannexin Clearance [00186] Recombinant homodimer of human annexin V (Diannexin, DAV, 73 kDa) has a longer half-life in the circulation than monomeric annexin V (AV, 36 kDa). The molecular weight of Diannexin exceeds renal filtration threshold whereas that of annexin V does not.
This was demonstrated by following the clearance of radioiodinated Diannexin from the peripheral blood of a rat. Observations in the rabbit (Thiagarajan and Benedict, Circulation 96: 2339, 1977), rat, cynomolgus monkey, (Romisch et al., Thrombosis Res. 61:
93, 1991) and humans (Kemerink et al., J. Nucl. Med. 44: 947, 2003) had shown that AV
has a short half-life in the circulation (7 to 24 minutes, respectively), with a major loss into the kidneys.
[00187] As shown herein, rats were injected with radiolabeled Diannexin, blood samples were obtained at 5, 10, 15, 20, 30, 45, and 60 min and 2, 3, 4, 8, 16 and 24 hrs, and blood radioactivity was determined to construct a blood disappearance curve. (FIG.
3) Disappearance of Diannexin from blood could be described by a two-compartment model, with about 75-80% disappearing in the a-phase (t/2 about 10 min), and 15-20%
in the 0-phase (t/2 about 400 min). Clearance could be described by a two-compartment model, with half-lives of 9-14 min and 6-7 hrs, respectively. Two experiments were performed, each with three male Wistar rats (300 gram). Diannexin was labeled with 125 1 by the method of Macfarlane, and the labeled protein was separated from free Sephadex G-50.
After injection of Nal (5 mg/kg) to prevent thyroid uptake of label, about 8x106 cpm (50 L of protein solution diluted to 0.5 mL with saline) were injected via a femoral vein catheter (rats 1 and 2) or via the vein of the penis (rat 3). At specified times thereafter, blood samples (150 L) were obtained from a tail vein and 100 L counted.
3) Disappearance of Diannexin from blood could be described by a two-compartment model, with about 75-80% disappearing in the a-phase (t/2 about 10 min), and 15-20%
in the 0-phase (t/2 about 400 min). Clearance could be described by a two-compartment model, with half-lives of 9-14 min and 6-7 hrs, respectively. Two experiments were performed, each with three male Wistar rats (300 gram). Diannexin was labeled with 125 1 by the method of Macfarlane, and the labeled protein was separated from free Sephadex G-50.
After injection of Nal (5 mg/kg) to prevent thyroid uptake of label, about 8x106 cpm (50 L of protein solution diluted to 0.5 mL with saline) were injected via a femoral vein catheter (rats 1 and 2) or via the vein of the penis (rat 3). At specified times thereafter, blood samples (150 L) were obtained from a tail vein and 100 L counted.
[00188] The 0-phase parameters were calculated from the data collected between 45 min and 24 hrs. The a-phase parameters were calculated from the data between 5 and 45 min by the subtraction method. The blood radioactivity curves were analyzed by a two-compartment model, using the subtraction method. The linear correlation coefficients for the a- and the 0-phase were -0.99 and -0.99 in experiment 1, and -0.95 and -0.96 in experiment 2. The clearance parameters are shown in Table 1.
TABLE 1. Diannexin clearance parameters.
Experiment 1 Experiment 2 t/2 alpha phase 9.2 min 14.1 min t/2 beta phase 385 min 433 min Io in alpha phase 85% 79%
Io in beta phase 15% 21%
Isotope recovery in blood (%) 89% 52%
These observations show that dimerization of annexin V has extended its survival in the circulation.
TABLE 1. Diannexin clearance parameters.
Experiment 1 Experiment 2 t/2 alpha phase 9.2 min 14.1 min t/2 beta phase 385 min 433 min Io in alpha phase 85% 79%
Io in beta phase 15% 21%
Isotope recovery in blood (%) 89% 52%
These observations show that dimerization of annexin V has extended its survival in the circulation.
[00189] The pharmacokinetics of Diannexin were also studied following intravenous administration of several doses to adult male and female Sprague-Dawley rats.
Mean Diannexin concentration-time data, determined by an ELISA assay, for males and females separately (9 rats per gender) were subjected to noncompartmental pharmacokinetic analysis using WinNonlin 1:5, with nominal times. The results are summarized in Table 2 below.
TABLE 2. Summary of Diannexin Plasma Pharmacokinetic Parameters.
Group Dosage Gender tl/2 h mg/kg 4 0.5 M 2.4 F 2.2 2 1 M 2.0 F 1.8 3 5 M 3.1 F 1.8 [00190] Thus by two independent methods Diannexin has been shown to have a much longer half life in the circulation than reported for annexin V monomer. The prolonged survival of Diannexin in the circulation will augment its therapeutic efficacy.
Example 4:
Diannexin is a potent inhibitor of secretory phospholipase A2.
Mean Diannexin concentration-time data, determined by an ELISA assay, for males and females separately (9 rats per gender) were subjected to noncompartmental pharmacokinetic analysis using WinNonlin 1:5, with nominal times. The results are summarized in Table 2 below.
TABLE 2. Summary of Diannexin Plasma Pharmacokinetic Parameters.
Group Dosage Gender tl/2 h mg/kg 4 0.5 M 2.4 F 2.2 2 1 M 2.0 F 1.8 3 5 M 3.1 F 1.8 [00190] Thus by two independent methods Diannexin has been shown to have a much longer half life in the circulation than reported for annexin V monomer. The prolonged survival of Diannexin in the circulation will augment its therapeutic efficacy.
Example 4:
Diannexin is a potent inhibitor of secretory phospholipase A2.
[00191] The inhibitory effects of annexin V (AV) and the annexin V homodimer (DAV) on the activity of human sPLA2 (Cayman, Ann Arbor Mich.) were compared.
PS
externalized on RBCs treated with NEM and A23187, as described above, was used as the substrate. In control cells, AV and DAV were found to bind to PS-exposing RBCs as demonstrable by flow cytometry. Incubation of the PS-exposing cells with sPLA2 removes PS, so that the cells no longer bind annexin. If the PS-exposing cells are treated with AV or DAV before incubation with PLA2, the PS is not removed. The cells can be exposed to a Ca2+-chelating agent, which dissociates AV or DAV from PS, and subsequent binding of labeled AV reveals the residual PS on cell surfaces. Titration of AV and DAV
in such assays shows that both are potent inhibitors of the activity of sPLA2 on cell-surface PS.
PS
externalized on RBCs treated with NEM and A23187, as described above, was used as the substrate. In control cells, AV and DAV were found to bind to PS-exposing RBCs as demonstrable by flow cytometry. Incubation of the PS-exposing cells with sPLA2 removes PS, so that the cells no longer bind annexin. If the PS-exposing cells are treated with AV or DAV before incubation with PLA2, the PS is not removed. The cells can be exposed to a Ca2+-chelating agent, which dissociates AV or DAV from PS, and subsequent binding of labeled AV reveals the residual PS on cell surfaces. Titration of AV and DAV
in such assays shows that both are potent inhibitors of the activity of sPLA2 on cell-surface PS.
[00192] The inhibition of phospholipase is also demonstrable by another method. Activity of sPLA2 releases lysophosphatidylcholine, which is hemolytic. It is therefore possible to compare the inhibitory effects of AV and DAV on PLA2 in a hemolytic assay. As shown in FIG. 4, both AV and DAV inhibit the action of PLA2, with DAV being somewhat more efficacious. Hemolysis induced after 60 minutes incubation with pPLA2 was strongly reduced in the presence of DAV or AV compared to hemolysis in their absence.
From these results it can be concluded that a homodimer of annexin V is a potent inhibitor of secretory PLA2. It should therefore decrease the formation of mediators such as thromboxane A2, as well as lysophophatidylcholine and lysophosphatidic acid, which are believed to contribute to the pathogenesis of IRI (Hashizume et al. Jpn. Heart J., 38: 11, 1997; Okuza et al., J. Physiol., 285: F565, 2003).
Example 5:
Modified Annexin Protects Against IRI
From these results it can be concluded that a homodimer of annexin V is a potent inhibitor of secretory PLA2. It should therefore decrease the formation of mediators such as thromboxane A2, as well as lysophophatidylcholine and lysophosphatidic acid, which are believed to contribute to the pathogenesis of IRI (Hashizume et al. Jpn. Heart J., 38: 11, 1997; Okuza et al., J. Physiol., 285: F565, 2003).
Example 5:
Modified Annexin Protects Against IRI
[00193] A mouse liver model of warm IRI was used to ascertain whether modified annexins protect against this type of injury, compare the activity of annexin V with modified annexins, and determine the duration of activity of modified annexins. The model has been described by Teoh et al. (Hepatology 36:94, 2002). Female C57BL6 mice weighing 18 to 25 g were used. Under ketamine/xylazine anesthesia, the blood supply to the left lateral and median lobes of the liver was occluded with an atraumatic microvascular clamp for 90 minutes. Reperfusion was then established by removal of the vascular clamp.
The animals were allowed to recover, and 24 hours later they were killed by exsanguination. Liver damage was assessed by measurement of serum alanine aminotransferase (ALT) activity and histological examination. A control group was subjected to anesthesia and sham laparotomy.
To assay the activity of annexin V and modified annexins, groups of 4 mice were used. Each of the mice in the first group was injected intravenously with 25 micrograms of annexin V
(AV), each of the second group received 25 micrograms of annexin homodimer (DAV), and each of the third group received 2.5 micrograms of annexin V coupled to polyethylene glycol (PEG-AV, 57 kDa). Controls received saline or the HEPES buffer in which the annexins were stored. In the first set of experiments, the annexins were administered minutes before clamping branches of the hepatic artery. In the second set of experiments, annexins and HEPES were administered 6 hours before initiating ischemia. Representative experimental results are summarized in FIG. 5.
The animals were allowed to recover, and 24 hours later they were killed by exsanguination. Liver damage was assessed by measurement of serum alanine aminotransferase (ALT) activity and histological examination. A control group was subjected to anesthesia and sham laparotomy.
To assay the activity of annexin V and modified annexins, groups of 4 mice were used. Each of the mice in the first group was injected intravenously with 25 micrograms of annexin V
(AV), each of the second group received 25 micrograms of annexin homodimer (DAV), and each of the third group received 2.5 micrograms of annexin V coupled to polyethylene glycol (PEG-AV, 57 kDa). Controls received saline or the HEPES buffer in which the annexins were stored. In the first set of experiments, the annexins were administered minutes before clamping branches of the hepatic artery. In the second set of experiments, annexins and HEPES were administered 6 hours before initiating ischemia. Representative experimental results are summarized in FIG. 5.
[00194] In animals receiving annexin V (AV) just before ischemia, slight protection was observed. By contrast, animals receiving the annexin dimer (DAV) or PEG-AV, either just before or 6 hours before ischemia, showed dramatic protection against IRI.
Histological studies confirmed that there was little or no hepatocellular necrosis in these groups. The results show that the modified annexins (DAV and PEG-AV) are significantly more protective against ischemia reperfusion injury in the liver than is AV.
Furthermore, the modified annexins (DAV and PEG-AV) retain their capacity to attenuate IRI for at least 6 hours.
Histological studies confirmed that there was little or no hepatocellular necrosis in these groups. The results show that the modified annexins (DAV and PEG-AV) are significantly more protective against ischemia reperfusion injury in the liver than is AV.
Furthermore, the modified annexins (DAV and PEG-AV) retain their capacity to attenuate IRI for at least 6 hours.
[00195] In sham-operated animals, levels of ALT in the circulation were very low. In animals receiving saline just before ischemia, or HEPES 6 hours before ischemia, levels of ALT were very high, and histology confirmed that there was severe hepatocellular necrosis.
Example 6 IRI and Diannexin [00196] Studies were undertaken to test embodiments of the invention for the pathogenesis of IRI and mode of action of Diannexin. During ischemia, PS becomes accessible on the luminal surface of endothelial cells (EC) in hepatic sinusoids. During reperfusion leukocytes and platelets become attached to PS on the surface of EC and reduce blood flow in the hepatic microcirculation. Diannexin binds to PS on the surface of EC and decreases the attachment of leukocytes and platelets to them. By this mechanism Diannexin maintains blood flow in the hepatic microcirculation and thereby attenuates IRI.
Example 6 IRI and Diannexin [00196] Studies were undertaken to test embodiments of the invention for the pathogenesis of IRI and mode of action of Diannexin. During ischemia, PS becomes accessible on the luminal surface of endothelial cells (EC) in hepatic sinusoids. During reperfusion leukocytes and platelets become attached to PS on the surface of EC and reduce blood flow in the hepatic microcirculation. Diannexin binds to PS on the surface of EC and decreases the attachment of leukocytes and platelets to them. By this mechanism Diannexin maintains blood flow in the hepatic microcirculation and thereby attenuates IRI.
[00197] This Example provides observation of the microcirculation in the mouse liver in vivo using a published method (McCuskey et al., Hepatology 40: 386,2004). As described in example 5, 90 minutes of ischemia was followed by various times of reperfusion. FIGS. 6A
and 6B show that during reperfusion many leukocytes become attached to EC in both the periportal and centrilobular areas (IR). Diannexin (1 mg/kg, intravenous) reduces such attachment in a statistically significant manner (IR+D). FIGS. 7A and 7B show that this is also true of the adherence of platelets to EC during reperfusion. This Example shows that the mode of action of Diannexin in attenuating IRI is therefore confirmed.
Diannexin does not influence the phagocytic activity of Kupffer cells in either location. Hence, Diannexin has no effect on this defense mechanism against pathogenic organisms. This finding supports other evidence that Diannexin does not have adverse effects.
Example 7 Diannexin and Liver IRI
and 6B show that during reperfusion many leukocytes become attached to EC in both the periportal and centrilobular areas (IR). Diannexin (1 mg/kg, intravenous) reduces such attachment in a statistically significant manner (IR+D). FIGS. 7A and 7B show that this is also true of the adherence of platelets to EC during reperfusion. This Example shows that the mode of action of Diannexin in attenuating IRI is therefore confirmed.
Diannexin does not influence the phagocytic activity of Kupffer cells in either location. Hence, Diannexin has no effect on this defense mechanism against pathogenic organisms. This finding supports other evidence that Diannexin does not have adverse effects.
Example 7 Diannexin and Liver IRI
[00198] This Example was undertaken to ascertain whether Diannexin can protect the liver from IRI when administration of the protein is delayed until after the commencement of reperfusion. Our standard protocol for the mouse liver warm IRI was used:
adult female C57BL6 mice, 90 minutes ischemia and 24 hrs reperfusion. Endpoints were serum ALT
levels and liver pathology at 24 hours. Diannexin (1 mg/kg) was administered 10 minutes and 60 minutes after commencement of reperfusion (Example 5). As shown in Table 3, both of these procedures significantly decreased ALT levels, and protective effects were confirmed by liver histology. These observations show that Diannexin administration can be delayed until at least 1 hour after the initiation of reperfusion, implying that EC changes during the first hour are reversible. The findings also show that administration of Diannexin up to one hour after re-establishing the circulation in recipients of transplanted organs should attenuate IRI.
TABLE 3. Effect of Diannexin (1 mg/kg) Administration during Reperfusion.
Administration during Reperfusion Time after commencement Serum ALT Probability of reperfusion mean s.d.
0 (untreated control) 840 306 minutes 153 83 p<0.05 60 minutes 255 27 p<0.05 Example 8 Timing of Diannexin Administration [00199] The efficacy of Diannexin in protection of organs during cold ischemia-warm reperfusion injury was evaluated in well-defined rat liver transplantation model (Sawitzki, B.
et al. Human Gene Therapy 13: 1495, 2002). Livers were recovered from adult male Sprague-Dawley rats, perfused with University of Wisconsin solution, kept at 4 C for 24 hrs and transplanted orthotopically into syngeneic recipients. Under these conditions 60% of untreated recipients died within 48 hours of transplantation, as previously observed in similar experiments. Another 10 recipients of liver grafts were given Diannexin (0.2 mg/kg intravenously) 10 minutes and 24 hrs after transplantation. All these animals survived for more than 14 days, which on the basis of previous experience implies survival unlimited by the operation.
adult female C57BL6 mice, 90 minutes ischemia and 24 hrs reperfusion. Endpoints were serum ALT
levels and liver pathology at 24 hours. Diannexin (1 mg/kg) was administered 10 minutes and 60 minutes after commencement of reperfusion (Example 5). As shown in Table 3, both of these procedures significantly decreased ALT levels, and protective effects were confirmed by liver histology. These observations show that Diannexin administration can be delayed until at least 1 hour after the initiation of reperfusion, implying that EC changes during the first hour are reversible. The findings also show that administration of Diannexin up to one hour after re-establishing the circulation in recipients of transplanted organs should attenuate IRI.
TABLE 3. Effect of Diannexin (1 mg/kg) Administration during Reperfusion.
Administration during Reperfusion Time after commencement Serum ALT Probability of reperfusion mean s.d.
0 (untreated control) 840 306 minutes 153 83 p<0.05 60 minutes 255 27 p<0.05 Example 8 Timing of Diannexin Administration [00199] The efficacy of Diannexin in protection of organs during cold ischemia-warm reperfusion injury was evaluated in well-defined rat liver transplantation model (Sawitzki, B.
et al. Human Gene Therapy 13: 1495, 2002). Livers were recovered from adult male Sprague-Dawley rats, perfused with University of Wisconsin solution, kept at 4 C for 24 hrs and transplanted orthotopically into syngeneic recipients. Under these conditions 60% of untreated recipients died within 48 hours of transplantation, as previously observed in similar experiments. Another 10 recipients of liver grafts were given Diannexin (0.2 mg/kg intravenously) 10 minutes and 24 hrs after transplantation. All these animals survived for more than 14 days, which on the basis of previous experience implies survival unlimited by the operation.
[00200] As shown in Table 4, levels of the liver enzyme alanine aminotransferase (ALT) in the circulation of untreated recipients at 6 hrs and 24 hrs post transplantation were significantly higher than in Diannexin-treated recipients. Diannexin-mediated cytoprotection was confirmed by histological examination of the livers in transplant recipients. By 7 days post transplantation ALT levels were back to the normal range in all recipients.
[00201] In a second group of 10 recipients Diannexin was used in a different way. Rat livers were obtained from Sprague-Dawley donors and perfused ex vivo with University of Wisconsin Solution containing Diannexin (0.2 mg/liter) twice, before 24 hr of 4 C cold storage and just before orthotopic transplantation. No Diannexin was given post-transplant to these recipients, all of which survived >14 days. Again ALT levels at 6 and 24 hrs were significantly lower than in untreated animals and histological examination showed a substantial difference between the well preserved livers in Diannexin-treated and the partially necrotic livers in control graft recipients.
[00202] These observations show that Diannexin markedly attenuates IRI in a cold ischemia-warm reperfusion rat liver model which is similar to the situation in human liver transplantation. Diannexin is equally efficacious when included in the solution used to perfuse the liver ex vivo when administered to recipients of liver grafts shortly after transplantation.
TABLE 4. Serum ALT levels (IU/L) in rat liver graft recipients.
Untreated controls Diannexin treated Probability 6 hrs 1345 530 267 110 <0.001 1 day 4031 383 620 428 <0.001 7 days 99 31 72 8 >0.5 Example 9:
Diannexin Attenuates IRI In Steatotic Liver [00203] When human livers contain more than 20% of fat they are termed steatotic. The risk of IRI following transplantation of such livers is increased, and it would be desirable to attenuate this complication. A recognized model of steatosis, of the type associated with the metabolic syndrome preceding type 2 diabetes, is provided by Zucker (leptin-deficient) rats (Amersi et al. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 2002; 99: 8915). To determine whether Diannexin can protect steatotic rat livers following transplantation this model was used.
TABLE 4. Serum ALT levels (IU/L) in rat liver graft recipients.
Untreated controls Diannexin treated Probability 6 hrs 1345 530 267 110 <0.001 1 day 4031 383 620 428 <0.001 7 days 99 31 72 8 >0.5 Example 9:
Diannexin Attenuates IRI In Steatotic Liver [00203] When human livers contain more than 20% of fat they are termed steatotic. The risk of IRI following transplantation of such livers is increased, and it would be desirable to attenuate this complication. A recognized model of steatosis, of the type associated with the metabolic syndrome preceding type 2 diabetes, is provided by Zucker (leptin-deficient) rats (Amersi et al. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 2002; 99: 8915). To determine whether Diannexin can protect steatotic rat livers following transplantation this model was used.
[00204] The experimental procedure was as described by Amersi et al. (loc cit). Fatty livers were recovered from Zucker rats and stored at 4 in University of Wisconsin solution for 4 hours. This results in IRI of severity is comparable to that observed following storage of lean livers for 24 h. Following storage the steatotic livers were transplanted orthotopically into syngeneic lean recipients. Diannexin (200 g/kg) was administered to 10 recipients at the time of reperfusion and on the second day after transplantation. A control group of 10 fatty liver recipients and another group of sham-operated rats were included.
The recipients of fatty livers not given Diannexin showed 50% mortality; those receiving Diannexin showed 100% survival (p<0.01). Fatty liver recipients treated with Diannexin showed significantly lower ALT levels than untreated, control fatty liver recipients (p<0.05).
These functional data were well correlated with Suzuki's histological grading of hepatic injury. Unlike in untreated fatty liver transplant recipients, those in Diannexin-treated animals showed minimal sinusoidal congestion and necrosis, and good preservation of lobular architecture. These observations document the potential utility of Diannexin to increase the transplant donor pool through attenuation of IRI when marginal steatotic livers are transplanted.
Example 10 Diannexin Effects on Thrombosis, Hemostasis, and Stroke [00205] The observations described in the preceding Examples show that Diannexin markedly attenuates IRI in the mouse liver, and raised the possibility that the same would be true of IRI in other organs, including the brain. The capacity of Diannexin to attenuate IRI
injury, as described above, was an important part of the profile leading to exploration for treatment of stroke. The other important part of the profile is that Diannexin has potent antithrombotic activity with minimal effects on hemostasis.
Distinction between effects on thrombosis and hemostasis [00206] It has been established that annexin V inhibits arterial and venous thrombosis with minimal effects on hemorrhage (Romisch et al. Thrombosis Res. 1991; 61: 93;
Thiagarajan and Benedict Circulation 1977; 96: 2339), a remarkable and clinically desirable dissociation.
These observations, together with the absence of increased bleeding when the Diannexin is used to prevent IRI in the major surgical operations of organ transplantation, described in Example 8, raise the question whether there is any distinction between the mechanisms mediating hemostasis and thrombosis. Obviously some events, such as fibrin deposition, are common to both pathways, but evidence is accumulating that there is partial separation of the pathways. Major events in hemostasis include: (1) recruitment of platelets to sites of vascular injury and their activation and aggregation; (2) activity of the tissue factor (TF)/factor VIIa complex. Annexin V does not bind to several adhesion molecules mediating the recruitment of platelets to damaged blood vessels. Platelets are initially attached to extracellular matrix (ECM) through the binding of von Willebrand factor to platelet factor Ib.
Adhesion continues through the interaction of platelet integrin az(3i with the ECM (see Kleinschnitz et al. J. Exp. Med. 2006; 203: 513-518).
The recipients of fatty livers not given Diannexin showed 50% mortality; those receiving Diannexin showed 100% survival (p<0.01). Fatty liver recipients treated with Diannexin showed significantly lower ALT levels than untreated, control fatty liver recipients (p<0.05).
These functional data were well correlated with Suzuki's histological grading of hepatic injury. Unlike in untreated fatty liver transplant recipients, those in Diannexin-treated animals showed minimal sinusoidal congestion and necrosis, and good preservation of lobular architecture. These observations document the potential utility of Diannexin to increase the transplant donor pool through attenuation of IRI when marginal steatotic livers are transplanted.
Example 10 Diannexin Effects on Thrombosis, Hemostasis, and Stroke [00205] The observations described in the preceding Examples show that Diannexin markedly attenuates IRI in the mouse liver, and raised the possibility that the same would be true of IRI in other organs, including the brain. The capacity of Diannexin to attenuate IRI
injury, as described above, was an important part of the profile leading to exploration for treatment of stroke. The other important part of the profile is that Diannexin has potent antithrombotic activity with minimal effects on hemostasis.
Distinction between effects on thrombosis and hemostasis [00206] It has been established that annexin V inhibits arterial and venous thrombosis with minimal effects on hemorrhage (Romisch et al. Thrombosis Res. 1991; 61: 93;
Thiagarajan and Benedict Circulation 1977; 96: 2339), a remarkable and clinically desirable dissociation.
These observations, together with the absence of increased bleeding when the Diannexin is used to prevent IRI in the major surgical operations of organ transplantation, described in Example 8, raise the question whether there is any distinction between the mechanisms mediating hemostasis and thrombosis. Obviously some events, such as fibrin deposition, are common to both pathways, but evidence is accumulating that there is partial separation of the pathways. Major events in hemostasis include: (1) recruitment of platelets to sites of vascular injury and their activation and aggregation; (2) activity of the tissue factor (TF)/factor VIIa complex. Annexin V does not bind to several adhesion molecules mediating the recruitment of platelets to damaged blood vessels. Platelets are initially attached to extracellular matrix (ECM) through the binding of von Willebrand factor to platelet factor Ib.
Adhesion continues through the interaction of platelet integrin az(3i with the ECM (see Kleinschnitz et al. J. Exp. Med. 2006; 203: 513-518).
[00207] Annexin V does not inhibit platelet aggregation induced by thrombin or collagen (Sun et al. Thromb. Res. 1993; 62: 289-296), and the same is true of Diannexin (data not shown). TF/VIIa activity mediates the local deposition of fibrin at sites of injury. The importance of this pathway in hemostasis is demonstrated by two sets of observations. First, mice with targeted inactivation of either the TF or the factor VII gene exhibit severe bleeding during embryonic or early postnatal life (references in Kleinschnitz et al., loc cit.). These hemorrhagic tendencies are more pronounced than in mice deficient in other coagulant proteins. Second, recombinant factor VIIa is highly efficacious in the treatment of human patients with hemorrhage, not only in hemophilia but also in trauma and other clinical conditions (Hedner Semin. Hematol. 2004; 41: 35-39).
[00208] Annexin V does not inhibit the activity of the TF/VIIa complex when tested side-by-side in experiments where it strongly inhibits prothrombinase activity (Rao et al.
Thrombosis Res. 1992; 67: 517-531). A TF-annexin V chimeric protein was generated to target TF to sites of vascular damage (Huang et al. Blood 2006; 107: 980-986).
In therapeutic concentrations this construct decreased bleeding in experimental animals, demonstrating that the annexin V component was not impairing the hemostatic activity of TF
in the complex. In contrast to these minimal effects on hemostasis, annexin V
and Diannexin exert anti-thrombotic activity, notably inhibition of prothrombinase activity.
Diannexin attenuates reperfusion injury in a stroke model [00209] This experiment was undertaken to ascertain the effectiveness of Diannexin in treatment of stroke.
Thrombosis Res. 1992; 67: 517-531). A TF-annexin V chimeric protein was generated to target TF to sites of vascular damage (Huang et al. Blood 2006; 107: 980-986).
In therapeutic concentrations this construct decreased bleeding in experimental animals, demonstrating that the annexin V component was not impairing the hemostatic activity of TF
in the complex. In contrast to these minimal effects on hemostasis, annexin V
and Diannexin exert anti-thrombotic activity, notably inhibition of prothrombinase activity.
Diannexin attenuates reperfusion injury in a stroke model [00209] This experiment was undertaken to ascertain the effectiveness of Diannexin in treatment of stroke.
[00210] A well-characterized mouse model has been used. This was developed because the lesions following middle cerebral artery occlusion include edema and hemorrhage into the area of reperfusion, which complicate human stroke (Maier et al. Ann. Neurol.
2006; 59:
929-938). Knock-out (KO) mice with targeted disruption of the inducible mitochondrial manganese-containing superoxide dismutase are subjected to a mild stroke followed by early reperfusion and up to 3-day survival. These heterozygous (SOD2 -/+) mice are more susceptible to IRI than their wild-type counterparts. During the period 1 to 3 days after commencing reperfusion there is edema, as shown by extravasation of the Evans blue dye.
The area of brain damage increases significantly, and in many animals there is hemorrhage into the reperfused area (Maier et al. loc cit.). These animals allow evaluation of treatment strategies designed to decrease the complications of cerebral reperfusion.
2006; 59:
929-938). Knock-out (KO) mice with targeted disruption of the inducible mitochondrial manganese-containing superoxide dismutase are subjected to a mild stroke followed by early reperfusion and up to 3-day survival. These heterozygous (SOD2 -/+) mice are more susceptible to IRI than their wild-type counterparts. During the period 1 to 3 days after commencing reperfusion there is edema, as shown by extravasation of the Evans blue dye.
The area of brain damage increases significantly, and in many animals there is hemorrhage into the reperfused area (Maier et al. loc cit.). These animals allow evaluation of treatment strategies designed to decrease the complications of cerebral reperfusion.
[00211] To ascertain whether Diannexin can attenuate IRI in this model two groups of SOD2 (-/+) mice were subjected to transient (30 minutes) cerebral artery occlusion (MCAO).
Ten minutes before commencing reperfusion in one group Diannexin (200 micrograms/kg) was injected intravenously. The other group served as an untreated control. In two different experiments Diannexin injection had no demonstrable effect on brain damage assessed by the size of the primary infarct 24 hours after commencing reperfusion. However, Diannexin treatment decreased edema measured 72 hours after commencing reperfusion and eliminated the extension of the area of brain damage between 24 and 72 hours.
Particularly striking was the reduction in the rates of hemorrhage (12/15 in controls as compared with 3/13 in Diannexin-treated mice, p = 0.003). Because Diannexin can inhibit thrombosis there was a theoretical possibility that it might also increase hemorrhage. However, the opposite was observed, showing that by preserving vascular integrity, and having minimal effects on mechanisms involved in hemostasis, Diannexin can attenuate IRI without increasing risk of hemorrhage. This is an important consideration for any treatment complementing mechanical thrombus removal or thrombolysis.
Ten minutes before commencing reperfusion in one group Diannexin (200 micrograms/kg) was injected intravenously. The other group served as an untreated control. In two different experiments Diannexin injection had no demonstrable effect on brain damage assessed by the size of the primary infarct 24 hours after commencing reperfusion. However, Diannexin treatment decreased edema measured 72 hours after commencing reperfusion and eliminated the extension of the area of brain damage between 24 and 72 hours.
Particularly striking was the reduction in the rates of hemorrhage (12/15 in controls as compared with 3/13 in Diannexin-treated mice, p = 0.003). Because Diannexin can inhibit thrombosis there was a theoretical possibility that it might also increase hemorrhage. However, the opposite was observed, showing that by preserving vascular integrity, and having minimal effects on mechanisms involved in hemostasis, Diannexin can attenuate IRI without increasing risk of hemorrhage. This is an important consideration for any treatment complementing mechanical thrombus removal or thrombolysis.
[00212] By exposing subendothelial connective tissues, the abovementioned procedures allow attachment of platelets, leukocytes and microparticles. This has two important consequences: increasing the likelihood of rethrombosis and that of restenosis. Restenosis, which results from expansion of the area of smooth muscle and connective tissue in the arterial wall, is a major complication following coronary angioplasty. The release of growth factors and cytokines from platelets and leukocytes is thought to initiate restenosis. If the attachment of platelets, leukocytes, and microparticles to the subendothelium can be reduced the likelihood of rethrombosis and restenosis can be decreased. Annexin V
binds to collagen X, a constituent of basement membrane (von der Mark and Mollenhauer Cell Mol.
Life Sci. 1997; 53: 539) and to heparan sulfate, a constituent of extracellular connective tissue matrix (Ishitzuka et al., J. Biol. Chem. 1998; 273: 9935). It is anticipated that Diannexin has similar effects and can decrease the attachment of platelets, leukocytes and microparticles to the subendothelium of cerebral arteries when the EC lining is damaged following surgical removal of thrombi or thrombolysis. It is further anticipated that the risks of rethrombosis and restenosis will be decreased by Diannexin therapy.
binds to collagen X, a constituent of basement membrane (von der Mark and Mollenhauer Cell Mol.
Life Sci. 1997; 53: 539) and to heparan sulfate, a constituent of extracellular connective tissue matrix (Ishitzuka et al., J. Biol. Chem. 1998; 273: 9935). It is anticipated that Diannexin has similar effects and can decrease the attachment of platelets, leukocytes and microparticles to the subendothelium of cerebral arteries when the EC lining is damaged following surgical removal of thrombi or thrombolysis. It is further anticipated that the risks of rethrombosis and restenosis will be decreased by Diannexin therapy.
[00213] All references cited above are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.
[00214] The words "comprise", "comprises," and "comprising" are to be interpreted inclusively rather than exclusively.
Claims (26)
1. A method of attenuating ischemia-reperfusion injury (IRI) by administering to a patient in need thereof a PS binding agent wherein the PS binding agent binds with high affinity to phosphatidylserine (PS) on cell surfaces.
2. A method of claim 1, wherein the PS-binding agent inhibits the attachment of monocytes or platelets which express receptors for PS to ischemic or activated cells wherein the ischemic or activated cells express PS on their cell surface.
3. A method of claim 1, wherein the PS-binding agent inhibits the attachment of enzymes that use PS as a docking site, e.g. secretory phospholipase A2 or the prothrombinase complex, to ischemic or activated cells wherein the ischemic or activated cells express PS on their cell surface.
4. The method of claim 1, wherein the IRI is caused by organ transplantation.
5. The method of claim 1, wherein the IRI is caused by tissue grafting.
6. The method of claim 1, wherein the IRI is caused by surgery wherein the surgery cuts off and/or restricts blood flow to a target site.
7. The method of claim 4, wherein the IRI is caused by organ transplantation and the PS-binding agent is administered to the patient up to about 6 hours prior to reperfusion.
8. The method of claim 4, wherein the IRI is caused by organ transplantation and the PS-binding agent is administered to the patient up to about 1 hour after commencing reperfusion.
9. The method of claim 4, wherein the IRI is caused by surgery cutting off and/or restricting blood flow and the PS-binding agent is administered to the patient within about 6 hours of the surgical procedure.
10. The method of claim 1, wherein the PS-binding agent is any molecule that inhibits interaction with PS located on the surface of an ischemic or activated cell.
11. The method of claim 10, wherein the PS-binding agent is selected from the group consisting of a modified annexin, a monoclonal or polyclonal antibody to PS or another ligand for PS.
12. The method of claim 11, wherein the PS-binding agent is a peptide ligand having an affinity for PS that is at least about 10% of the affinity of annexin.
13. The method of claim 11, wherein the PS-binding agent is a modified annexin selected from the group consisting of modified annexin I, modified annexin II, modified annexin III, modified annexin IV, modified annexin V, and modified annexin VIII.
14. The method of claim 11, wherein the agent is a modified annexin selected from the group consisting of an annexin homodimer, an annexin heterodimer, an annexin heterotetramer, and an annexin protein coupled to an additional protein wherein each modified annexin has a larger effective size than an annexin monomer.
15. The method of claim 14, wherein the protein coupled to annexin is the Fc portion of immunoglobulin.
16. The method of claim 14, wherein the modified annexin is an annexin dimer comprising a first annexin protein coupled to a second annexin protein via a fusion segment.
17. A method of preventing IRI, the method comprising administering to an organ transplant recipient a therapeutic composition including a PS-binding agent.
18. A method of preventing IRI to ischemic cells (e.g. ECs), activated cells (e.g. platelets) or a group of cells (e.g. isolated pancreatic islets), the method comprising contacting a PS-binding agent to the ischemic cells, activated cells or group of cells.
19. The method of claim 18, wherein the IRI is caused by organ transplantation and the therapeutic composition containing the PS-binding agent is contacted with a donor organ up to about 24 hours prior to reperfusion up to 1 hour after commencing reperfusion.
20. The method of claim 18, wherein the IRI is caused by a tissue graft and the therapeutic composition containing the PS-binding agent is contacted with a donor tissue up to about 24 hours prior to reperfusion.
21. The method of claim 18, wherein the IRI is caused by surgery and the therapeutic composition containing the PS-binding agent is administered to a patient before, during, and/or after a surgical procedure.
22. The method of claim 18, wherein adding a PS-binding agent to a therapeutic composition inhibits interaction with PS located on the surface of an ischemic cell.
23. The method of claim 18, wherein adding a PS-binding agent to a therapeutic composition inhibits monocyte-macrophage recognition on the surface of ischemic or activated cells.
24. A method of protecting an organ or a tissue susceptible to IRI, the method comprising contacting the organ or tissue with a PS-binding agent.
25. A method of attenuating IRI, the method comprising administering a PS-binding agent to a stroke patient.
26. A method of attenuating IRI, the method comprising administering a PS-binding agent to a patient suffering myocardial infarction.
Applications Claiming Priority (3)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US11/486,667 | 2006-07-14 | ||
US11/486,667 US7645739B2 (en) | 2001-02-21 | 2006-07-14 | Modified annexin compositions and methods of using same |
PCT/US2007/066561 WO2008008561A2 (en) | 2006-07-14 | 2007-04-12 | Attenuation of reperfusion injury |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
CA2658431A1 true CA2658431A1 (en) | 2008-01-17 |
Family
ID=38923973
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
CA002658431A Abandoned CA2658431A1 (en) | 2006-07-14 | 2007-04-12 | Attenuation of reperfusion injury |
Country Status (6)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (1) | US7645739B2 (en) |
EP (2) | EP2040729A4 (en) |
JP (1) | JP2009543876A (en) |
AU (1) | AU2007272804A1 (en) |
CA (1) | CA2658431A1 (en) |
WO (2) | WO2008008561A2 (en) |
Families Citing this family (17)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20050222030A1 (en) * | 2001-02-21 | 2005-10-06 | Anthony Allison | Modified annexin proteins and methods for preventing thrombosis |
US20090291086A1 (en) * | 2001-02-21 | 2009-11-26 | Alavita Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and Methods for Treating Cerebral Thrombosis and Global Cerebral Ischemia |
CA2656063C (en) | 2006-06-21 | 2016-10-18 | Musc Foundation For Research Development | Targeting complement factor h for treatment of diseases |
JP5463616B2 (en) * | 2007-11-29 | 2014-04-09 | 大日本印刷株式会社 | Organic EL element, organic EL display and color filter |
WO2009077764A1 (en) | 2007-12-18 | 2009-06-25 | Athera Biotechnologies Ab | Compounds and methods for the treatment of vascular disease |
MX2010009270A (en) * | 2008-02-22 | 2010-09-24 | Athera Biotechnologies Ab | Compounds and methods for the prevention or treatment of restenosis. |
JP5590621B2 (en) * | 2008-10-17 | 2014-09-17 | ロンドン ヘルス サイエンシーズ センター リサーチ インコーポレイテッド | Annexin and its use for treating inflammatory disorders |
AU2010266127B2 (en) | 2009-07-02 | 2015-11-05 | Musc Foundation For Research Development | Methods of stimulating liver regeneration |
EP2496259B1 (en) | 2009-11-05 | 2017-02-22 | Alexion Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Treatment of paroxysmal nocturnal hemoglobinuria |
US9650447B2 (en) | 2010-05-14 | 2017-05-16 | The Regents Of The University Of Colorado, A Body Corporate | Complement receptor 2 (CR2) targeting groups |
EA201291328A1 (en) | 2010-06-22 | 2013-10-30 | Дзе Риджентс Оф Дзе Юниверсити Оф Колорадо, Э Боди Корпорейт | ANTIBODIES TO C3d FRAGMENT OF COMPONENT 3 |
WO2014028865A1 (en) | 2012-08-17 | 2014-02-20 | The Regents Of The University Of Colorado, A Body Corporate | Compositions and methods for detecting complement activation |
US10413620B2 (en) | 2012-08-17 | 2019-09-17 | The Regents Of The University Of Colorado, A Body Corporate | Light-emitting versions of the monoclonal antibody to C3D (MAB 3D29) for imaging |
WO2015025956A1 (en) * | 2013-08-22 | 2015-02-26 | 国立大学法人九州大学 | Pharmaceutical composition for treating myocardial damage, pharmaceutical composition for preventing myocardial damage, pharmaceutical composition for treating heart failure, pharmaceutical composition for preventing heart failure, method for treating or preventing myocardial damage or heart failure, mfg-e8, uses of mfg-e8, and method for screening compounds for treating or preventing myocardial damage or heart failure |
GB2542391A (en) * | 2015-09-17 | 2017-03-22 | Annexin Pharmaceuticals Ab | Process of manufacture |
CA3050692A1 (en) * | 2017-01-17 | 2018-07-26 | The Texas A&M University System | Endolysosomal targeting conjugates for improved delivery of cargo molecules to the endolysosomal compartment of target cells |
CN111494608A (en) * | 2020-05-08 | 2020-08-07 | 北京大学第三医院(北京大学第三临床医学院) | Medicine for preventing or treating preeclampsia and related diseases and application thereof |
Family Cites Families (108)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US4179337A (en) | 1973-07-20 | 1979-12-18 | Davis Frank F | Non-immunogenic polypeptides |
US4002531A (en) | 1976-01-22 | 1977-01-11 | Pierce Chemical Company | Modifying enzymes with polyethylene glycol and product produced thereby |
DE3315000A1 (en) | 1983-04-26 | 1984-10-31 | Behringwerke Ag, 3550 Marburg | TISSUE PROTEIN PP (DOWN ARROW) 4 (DOWN ARROW), METHOD FOR ITS RECOVERY AND USE |
US5066788A (en) | 1984-09-21 | 1991-11-19 | Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh | Blood coagulation inhibiting proteins, processes for preparing them and their uses |
NO164991C (en) | 1984-09-21 | 1990-12-05 | Boehringer Ingelheim Int | PROCEDURE FOR THE PREPARATION OF BLOOD-COAGULATING INHIBITIVE PROTEINS. |
US4897355A (en) | 1985-01-07 | 1990-01-30 | Syntex (U.S.A.) Inc. | N[ω,(ω-1)-dialkyloxy]- and N-[ω,(ω-1)-dialkenyloxy]-alk-1-yl-N,N,N-tetrasubstituted ammonium lipids and uses therefor |
CA1265446A (en) | 1985-09-30 | 1990-02-06 | Masahiro Maki | Anticoagulating substance, process for preparing same and anticoagulant comprising same as an effective component |
JPH08840B2 (en) | 1986-11-14 | 1996-01-10 | 興和株式会社 | Anti-PCI monoclonal antibody, anti-PCI purification method and immunoassay using the same |
DE3643182A1 (en) | 1986-12-18 | 1988-06-30 | Behringwerke Ag | MEDICINAL PRODUCTS CONTAINING THE TISSUE PROTEIN PP4, METHOD FOR THE PRODUCTION OF PP4 AND ITS PASTEURIZATION AND THE USE OF PP4 |
US4937324A (en) | 1987-02-06 | 1990-06-26 | Zymogenetics, Inc. | Chromatographic purification of human proteins having anticoagulant and anti-inflammatory activity |
JP2660514B2 (en) | 1987-02-20 | 1997-10-08 | 興和株式会社 | Polypeptide having anticoagulant action |
PT87083B (en) | 1987-03-28 | 1992-07-31 | Boehringer Ingelheim Int | A PROCESS FOR THE PREPARATION OF A VASCULAR ANTICOAGULANT PROTEIN, OF DNA THAT CODIFIES FOR THIS PROTEIN AND OF PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING IT |
US4965251A (en) | 1987-04-03 | 1990-10-23 | The Board Of Regents Of The University Of Washington | Pulse treatment of hemoglobinopathies with erythropoietin |
DE3737239A1 (en) | 1987-11-03 | 1989-10-12 | Behringwerke Ag | GENETIC PRODUCTION OF ANTICOAGULATORY PROTEIN PP4 |
ES2096556T3 (en) | 1988-02-26 | 1997-03-16 | Biogen Inc | DNA SEQUENCES, RECOMBINANT DNA MOLECULES AND PROCEDURES FOR PRODUCING LIPOCORTINES III, IV, V AND VI. |
US5324844A (en) | 1989-04-19 | 1994-06-28 | Enzon, Inc. | Active carbonates of polyalkylene oxides for modification of polypeptides |
ES2045669T3 (en) | 1989-07-15 | 1994-01-16 | Boehringer Ingelheim Int | PROCEDURE FOR THE PURIFICATION OF ANEXINS. |
ATE89169T1 (en) | 1989-07-15 | 1993-05-15 | Boehringer Ingelheim Int | AGENT CONTAINING ANTICOAGULANT. |
DE3937607A1 (en) | 1989-11-11 | 1991-05-16 | Boehringer Ingelheim Int | USE OF AN ANTI-COAGULAR TREATMENT FOR TUMOR DISEASES |
DE3942081A1 (en) | 1989-12-20 | 1991-06-27 | Behringwerke Ag | MEANS FOR IMPROVING THE REINFORCEMENT OF ANNExINES |
US5627036A (en) | 1989-12-27 | 1997-05-06 | Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh | Use of an anticoagulant as a diagnostic agent |
US5225537A (en) | 1989-12-29 | 1993-07-06 | Zymogenetics, Inc. | Methods for producing hybrid phospholipid-binding proteins |
CA2081474A1 (en) | 1990-05-08 | 1991-11-09 | Manzer Durrani | Direct spray-dried drug/lipid powder composition |
CA2092315A1 (en) | 1990-11-02 | 1992-05-03 | John P. Burnier | Platelet aggregation inhibitors |
US5360789A (en) | 1990-11-20 | 1994-11-01 | Kowa Co., Ltd. | Therapeutic agent for skin or corneal disease |
JP2916947B2 (en) | 1990-11-28 | 1999-07-05 | 興和株式会社 | Method for stabilizing CPB-I and pharmaceutical composition |
US5229367A (en) | 1991-01-21 | 1993-07-20 | Sclavo S.P.A. | Antiinflammatory peptide derived from human lipocortin V |
JPH05508664A (en) | 1991-05-09 | 1993-12-02 | ボード・オブ・リージェンツ・オブ・ザ・ユニヴァーシティ・オブ・ワシントン | Phospholipid-targeted thrombolytic agent |
US5632986A (en) | 1991-05-09 | 1997-05-27 | The University Of Washington | Phospholipid-targeted thrombolytic agents |
JPH051096A (en) | 1991-06-26 | 1993-01-08 | Kowa Co | Oligopeptide having anticoagulating activity |
ATE210464T1 (en) | 1992-06-09 | 2001-12-15 | Neorx Corp | BIOTIN-DOTA CONJUGATES AND THEIR USE IN PRETARGETING PROCEDURES |
PT672136E (en) | 1992-07-08 | 2000-08-31 | Innogenetics Nv | POLYMPEPTIDES DERIVED FROM ENDONEXIN 2 HAVING RECEPTOR ACTIVITY OF HEPATITIS B VIRUS AND ITS USE IN DIAGNOSIS AND PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS |
JP3416912B2 (en) | 1992-10-08 | 2003-06-16 | 興和株式会社 | Oligopeptides with anticoagulant activity |
JPH0772149A (en) | 1993-06-30 | 1995-03-17 | Nippon Shinyaku Co Ltd | Chemical and method for diagnosis of liver cancer or cirrhosis |
JPH0772147A (en) | 1993-07-02 | 1995-03-17 | Noboru Kaneko | Antianexin v antibody as well as preparation and utilization of same antibody |
US5849600A (en) | 1993-11-10 | 1998-12-15 | The Mclean Hospital Corporation | Diagnostic assays for Alzheimer's disease |
US5968477A (en) | 1994-01-24 | 1999-10-19 | Neorx Corporation | Radiolabeled annexin conjugates with hexose and a chelator |
WO1995034315A1 (en) | 1994-06-16 | 1995-12-21 | Neorx Corporation | Radiolabeled annexin-galactose conjugates |
WO1996003655A1 (en) | 1994-07-23 | 1996-02-08 | Boehringer Mannheim Gmbh | Method for the determination of the prethrombotic state |
DE19541284C2 (en) | 1995-11-06 | 1998-09-24 | Kalden Joachim Robert Prof Dr | Immunomodulation method |
WO1997024440A1 (en) | 1995-12-27 | 1997-07-10 | Genentech, Inc. | Ob protein derivatives having prolonged half-life |
WO1998001563A2 (en) | 1996-07-05 | 1998-01-15 | Branton Philip E | Adenovirus e4 proteins for inducing cell death |
EP0948533A1 (en) | 1996-12-30 | 1999-10-13 | Innogenetics N.V. | ANNEXIN V-BINDING POLYPEPTIDES DERIVED FROM HBsAg AND THEIR USES |
WO1998031383A1 (en) | 1997-01-15 | 1998-07-23 | Phoenix Pharmacologics, Inc. | Modified tumor necrosis factor |
US6358508B1 (en) | 1997-06-11 | 2002-03-19 | Human Genome Sciences, Inc. | Antibodies to human tumor necrosis factor receptor TR9 |
US6242570B1 (en) | 1997-07-10 | 2001-06-05 | Beth Israel Deaconess Medical Center | Production and use of recombinant protein multimers with increased biological activity |
US6284475B1 (en) | 1997-07-11 | 2001-09-04 | Mount Sinai School Of Medicine Of The City Of New York | Assays for diagnosis of thrombophilic disease |
DE19734648A1 (en) | 1997-08-11 | 1999-02-18 | Dade Behring Marburg Gmbh | Use of annexins as a lupus anticoagulant control or standard in coagulation tests |
US6511829B1 (en) | 1997-10-09 | 2003-01-28 | The Regents Of The University Of California | GFP-annexin fusion proteins |
JP2001522809A (en) | 1997-11-06 | 2001-11-20 | イノジェネティックス・ナムローゼ・フェンノートシャップ | Host-derived protein-bound HCV: pharmaceutical, diagnostic and purification applications |
EP1064378A2 (en) | 1998-03-27 | 2001-01-03 | The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University | Hypoxia-inducible human genes, proteins, and uses thereof |
US6169078B1 (en) | 1998-05-12 | 2001-01-02 | University Of Florida | Materials and methods for the intracellular delivery of substances |
US20040002056A1 (en) | 1998-05-12 | 2004-01-01 | Lorens James B. | Methods of screening for bioactive agents using cells transformed with self-inactivating viral vectors |
ATE230614T1 (en) | 1998-07-13 | 2003-01-15 | Univ Texas | CANCER TREATMENT WITH AMINOPHOSPHOLIPIDE-BINDING THERAPEUTIC CONJUGATES |
WO2000010673A1 (en) | 1998-08-24 | 2000-03-02 | Nst Neurosurvival Technologies Ltd. | Apparatus and method for capturing particles with surface exposure of anionic phospholipids from biological fluids |
IL125908A (en) | 1998-08-24 | 2005-05-17 | Nst Neurosurvival Technologies | Peptides and pharmaceutical compositions comprising same |
AU5624799A (en) | 1998-09-01 | 2000-03-21 | Innogenetics N.V. | Benzodiazepines and benzothiazepines derivatives and hbsag peptides binding to annexins, their compositions and use |
US6387366B1 (en) | 1998-12-31 | 2002-05-14 | Alg Company | Methods for reducing adverse side effects associated with cellular transplantation |
US6323313B1 (en) | 1999-06-01 | 2001-11-27 | The University Of Washington | Annexin derivative with endogenous chelation sites |
US20020088015A1 (en) | 1999-06-04 | 2002-07-04 | Yang Shi | Wilms' tumor wt1 binding proteins |
EP1206225B1 (en) | 1999-07-28 | 2005-03-09 | Interface Biotech A/S | In vitro repair of bone and/or cartilage defects |
US6645465B2 (en) | 1999-08-06 | 2003-11-11 | Michigan, University Of The Regents | Annexin proteins and autoantibodies as serum markers for cancer |
AU7748200A (en) | 1999-09-30 | 2001-04-30 | Varian Associates, Inc. | Hypoxia-related human genes, proteins, and uses thereof |
US6511806B1 (en) | 1999-11-03 | 2003-01-28 | Oncotech, Inc. | Methods for cancer prognosis and diagnosis |
US20030113330A1 (en) | 1999-11-08 | 2003-06-19 | Uhal Bruce D. | Methods for treating pulmonary fibrosis |
FR2809181B1 (en) | 2000-05-16 | 2002-10-25 | Biocytex | MONOREACTIVE FOR THE DETERMINATION OF PLATELET MICROPARTICLES |
US7449308B2 (en) | 2000-06-28 | 2008-11-11 | Glycofi, Inc. | Combinatorial DNA library for producing modified N-glycans in lower eukaryotes |
WO2002020769A1 (en) | 2000-09-08 | 2002-03-14 | Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System | Human and mouse targeting peptides identified by phage display |
US7582443B2 (en) | 2000-11-28 | 2009-09-01 | Philip Gerard Cavanaugh | Method for the detection and measurement of Hapten-conjugated biological binding entities by western and dot-blot using anti-hapten antibodies |
AU2002226061B2 (en) * | 2001-01-18 | 2007-08-02 | The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University | Peptides for activation and inhibition of delta PKC |
WO2002067767A2 (en) | 2001-02-21 | 2002-09-06 | Imetrx, Inc. | Methods and systems which use annexin for bioprofiling body lumen |
US20050222030A1 (en) | 2001-02-21 | 2005-10-06 | Anthony Allison | Modified annexin proteins and methods for preventing thrombosis |
EP1839670A3 (en) * | 2001-02-21 | 2009-11-11 | Alavita Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Modified Annexin Proteins and their use against thrombosis |
US7635676B2 (en) * | 2001-02-21 | 2009-12-22 | Alavita Pharmaccuticals, Inc. | Modified annexin proteins and methods for their use in organ transplantation |
US6843980B2 (en) | 2001-04-03 | 2005-01-18 | Theseus Imaging, Corp. | Methods for using annexin for detecting cell death in vivo and treating associated conditions |
WO2002087497A2 (en) | 2001-04-26 | 2002-11-07 | Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System | Therapeutic agent/ligand conjugate compositions, their methods of synthesis and use |
CA2444483A1 (en) | 2001-04-26 | 2002-11-07 | Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System | Diagnostic imaging compositions, their methods of synthesis and use |
EP1666881B1 (en) | 2001-05-04 | 2010-02-17 | Biosite Incorporated | Diagnostic markers of acute coronary syndromes and methods of use thereof |
US20030027763A1 (en) | 2001-06-07 | 2003-02-06 | Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Incorporated | CD43: modulators of mast cell degranulation |
CN1343777A (en) | 2001-06-26 | 2002-04-10 | 上海动物生物技术研究中心 | Configuration and expression of glucokinase and Annexin V fusion gene |
US20030152513A1 (en) | 2001-09-06 | 2003-08-14 | Imetrix, Inc. | Intravascular delivery of therapeutic and imaging agents to stressed and apoptotic cells using annexin V as a targeting vector |
CN1277581C (en) | 2001-09-14 | 2006-10-04 | 浙江中奇生物药业股份有限公司 | Method for producing antithrombotic medicine by using silk-worm |
DE10162434A1 (en) | 2001-12-18 | 2003-09-25 | November Ag Molekulare Medizin | Expression vector and method for producing an expression vector |
US20030211548A1 (en) | 2002-01-29 | 2003-11-13 | Oncolmmunin, Inc. | Visualization and quantitiation of cellular cytotoxicity using cell-permeable fluorogenic protease substrates and caspase activity indicator markers |
US7713981B2 (en) | 2002-02-28 | 2010-05-11 | University Of Central Florida | Method and compounds for inhibition of cell death |
US20040029151A1 (en) | 2002-04-09 | 2004-02-12 | Affymetrix, Inc. | Molecular genetic profiling of gleason grades 3 and 4/5 prostate cancer |
US20060134001A1 (en) | 2002-07-12 | 2006-06-22 | Frangioni John V | Conjugated infrared fluorescent substances for detection of cell death |
NZ584715A (en) * | 2002-07-15 | 2011-12-22 | Univ Texas | Peptides binding to phosphatidylethanolamine and their use in treating viral infections and cancer |
CN1181099C (en) | 2002-07-23 | 2004-12-22 | 中国人民解放军第二军医大学 | Anticoagulation and thrombolytic thrombus target fusion mA5UKB |
US20040042959A1 (en) | 2002-08-28 | 2004-03-04 | Michael Montalto | Imaging cell death in vivo using non-radionuclide contrast agents |
DE10253526A1 (en) | 2002-11-16 | 2004-06-09 | Johann Wolfgang Goethe-Universität Frankfurt am Main | Endothelial cells as a diagnostic tool for cardiovascular diseases |
US20040203069A1 (en) | 2003-04-10 | 2004-10-14 | Chris Reutelingsperger | Method for determining and/or isolating lipid-binding compounds |
WO2005014801A1 (en) | 2003-08-04 | 2005-02-17 | University Court Of The University Of Edinburgh | Improvements in cell culture productivity |
IL157786A (en) | 2003-09-07 | 2010-11-30 | Ahava Dead Sea Lab Ltd | Personalized cosmetics |
US20050084547A1 (en) | 2003-09-12 | 2005-04-21 | Phytomyco Research Corporation | Natural product based apoptosis inducers |
WO2005028490A1 (en) | 2003-09-19 | 2005-03-31 | Theseus Imaging Corporation | Halogenated deoxy-glucose labeled targeting molecules |
US7634360B2 (en) | 2003-09-23 | 2009-12-15 | Prediction Sciences, LL | Cellular fibronectin as a diagnostic marker in stroke and methods of use thereof |
EP1670510A1 (en) | 2003-09-24 | 2006-06-21 | Peter Krammer | Antibodies against annexins, use thereof for therapy and diagnosis. use of annexins for therapy and diagnosis. |
CN1901795B (en) | 2003-10-22 | 2014-03-26 | 弗雷德哈钦森癌症研究中心 | Methods, compositions and devices for inducing stasis in cells, tissues, organs, and organisms |
CA2485722A1 (en) | 2003-10-22 | 2005-04-22 | Paul Lehmann | Soluble transferrin receptor |
WO2005042002A2 (en) | 2003-10-30 | 2005-05-12 | Entelos, Inc. | Treatment of rhematoid arthritis with flip antagonists |
JP2007512369A (en) | 2003-11-26 | 2007-05-17 | エンテロス・インコーポレーテッド | Treatment of rheumatoid arthritis with hypoxia-inducible factor 1α antagonist |
EP1734983A4 (en) * | 2004-03-11 | 2009-11-18 | Alavita Pharmaceuticals Inc | Modified annexin proteins and methods for preventing thrombosis |
WO2005103720A1 (en) | 2004-03-29 | 2005-11-03 | Medstar Research Institute, Inc. | Methods of diagnosing cardiovascular disease |
AU2005232436C1 (en) | 2004-04-15 | 2010-08-26 | Athera Biotechnologies Ab | Annexin V for preventing atherothrombosis and plaque rupture |
US20060057591A1 (en) | 2004-09-15 | 2006-03-16 | Canadian Blood Services | Method for preventing viral infection |
DK1819833T3 (en) | 2004-11-19 | 2010-10-11 | Universitaetsklinikum Muenster | Genetic variant of the annexin A5 gene |
WO2006060898A1 (en) | 2004-12-06 | 2006-06-15 | Aegera Therapeutics Inc | Method for treating inflammatory disorders |
-
2006
- 2006-07-14 US US11/486,667 patent/US7645739B2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
-
2007
- 2007-04-12 EP EP07760590A patent/EP2040729A4/en not_active Withdrawn
- 2007-04-12 WO PCT/US2007/066561 patent/WO2008008561A2/en active Application Filing
- 2007-04-12 JP JP2009520867A patent/JP2009543876A/en active Pending
- 2007-04-12 AU AU2007272804A patent/AU2007272804A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2007-04-12 CA CA002658431A patent/CA2658431A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2007-07-13 EP EP07812926A patent/EP2059806A4/en not_active Withdrawn
- 2007-07-13 WO PCT/US2007/073507 patent/WO2008008982A2/en active Application Filing
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
AU2007272804A1 (en) | 2008-01-17 |
EP2059806A2 (en) | 2009-05-20 |
EP2059806A4 (en) | 2011-08-10 |
US20070015705A1 (en) | 2007-01-18 |
US7645739B2 (en) | 2010-01-12 |
WO2008008561A3 (en) | 2008-07-31 |
EP2040729A4 (en) | 2011-08-10 |
WO2008008561A2 (en) | 2008-01-17 |
EP2040729A2 (en) | 2009-04-01 |
WO2008008982A3 (en) | 2008-10-16 |
WO2008008982A2 (en) | 2008-01-17 |
JP2009543876A (en) | 2009-12-10 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US7635680B2 (en) | Attenuation of reperfusion injury | |
CA2658431A1 (en) | Attenuation of reperfusion injury | |
US7635676B2 (en) | Modified annexin proteins and methods for their use in organ transplantation | |
US20050222030A1 (en) | Modified annexin proteins and methods for preventing thrombosis | |
US7407475B2 (en) | Modified annexin proteins, and methods and compositions for using them | |
PT1531791E (en) | Prevention and reduction of ischemia | |
US20090291086A1 (en) | Compositions and Methods for Treating Cerebral Thrombosis and Global Cerebral Ischemia | |
JP2012254992A (en) | Modified annexin protein and method for preventing thrombosis | |
US11897924B2 (en) | Anticoagulant fusion proteins and uses thereof | |
JP4873784B2 (en) | Organ transplant solution containing complex of soluble peptide compound having membrane binding ability | |
WO2004013303A2 (en) | Modified annexin proteins and methods for treating vaso-occlusive sickle-cell disease | |
US6982154B2 (en) | Modified annexin proteins and methods for treating vaso-occlusive sickle-cell disease |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
EEER | Examination request | ||
FZDE | Discontinued |
Effective date: 20130412 |